/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
Warning:	line 1647, column 13 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -triple x86_64-pc-linux-gnu -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaExprObjC.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -analyzer-config-compatibility-mode=true -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=none -relaxed-aliasing -fmath-errno -fno-rounding-math -masm-verbose -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -dwarf-column-info -fno-split-dwarf-inlining -debugger-tuning=gdb -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -resource-dir /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0 -D CLANG_VENDOR="Debian " -D _DEBUG -D _GNU_SOURCE -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/build-llvm/tools/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/build-llvm/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/llvm/include -U NDEBUG -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0/backward -internal-isystem /usr/local/include -internal-isystem /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu -internal-externc-isystem /include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-maybe-uninitialized -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema -fdebug-prefix-map=/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd=. -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -stack-protector 2 -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=gcc -fno-common -fdiagnostics-show-option -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -analyzer-output=html -analyzer-config stable-report-filename=true -faddrsig -o /tmp/scan-build-2020-01-13-084841-49055-1 -x c++ /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp

→

1//===--- SemaExprObjC.cpp - Semantic Analysis for ObjC Expressions --------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9//  This file implements semantic analysis for Objective-C expressions.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

13#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
14#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
16#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
17#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
18#include "clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h"
19#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
20#include "clang/Edit/Commit.h"
21#include "clang/Edit/Rewriters.h"
22#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
23#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
24#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
25#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
26#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
29#include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"

31using namespace clang;
32using namespace sema;
33using llvm::makeArrayRef;

35ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings) {
// Most ObjC strings are formed out of a single piece.  However, we *can*
// have strings formed out of multiple @ strings with multiple pptokens in
// each one, e.g. @"foo" "bar" @"baz" "qux"   which need to be turned into one
// StringLiteral for ObjCStringLiteral to hold onto.
StringLiteral *S = cast<StringLiteral>(Strings[0]);

// If we have a multi-part string, merge it all together.
if (Strings.size() != 1) {
  // Concatenate objc strings.
  SmallString<128> StrBuf;
  SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> StrLocs;

  for (Expr *E : Strings) {
    S = cast<StringLiteral>(E);

    // ObjC strings can't be wide or UTF.
    if (!S->isAscii()) {
      Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
          << S->getSourceRange();
      return true;
    }

    // Append the string.
    StrBuf += S->getString();

    // Get the locations of the string tokens.
    StrLocs.append(S->tokloc_begin(), S->tokloc_end());
  }

  // Create the aggregate string with the appropriate content and location
  // information.
  const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(S->getType());
  assert(CAT && "String literal not of constant array type!")((CAT && "String literal not of constant array type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CAT && \"String literal not of constant array type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 69, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
      CAT->getElementType(), llvm::APInt(32, StrBuf.size() + 1), nullptr,
      CAT->getSizeModifier(), CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
  S = StringLiteral::Create(Context, StrBuf, StringLiteral::Ascii,
                            /*Pascal=*/false, StrTy, &StrLocs[0],
                            StrLocs.size());
}

return BuildObjCStringLiteral(AtLocs[0], S);
79}

81ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S){
// Verify that this composite string is acceptable for ObjC strings.
if (CheckObjCString(S))
  return true;

// Initialize the constant string interface lazily. This assumes
// the NSString interface is seen in this translation unit. Note: We
// don't use NSConstantString, since the runtime team considers this
// interface private (even though it appears in the header files).
QualType Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface();
if (!Ty.isNull()) {
  Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty);
} else if (getLangOpts().NoConstantCFStrings) {
  IdentifierInfo *NSIdent=nullptr;
  std::string StringClass(getLangOpts().ObjCConstantStringClass);

  if (StringClass.empty())
    NSIdent = &Context.Idents.get("NSConstantString");
  else
    NSIdent = &Context.Idents.get(StringClass);

  NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope, NSIdent, AtLoc,
                                   LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *StrIF = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF)) {
    Context.setObjCConstantStringInterface(StrIF);
    Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface();
    Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty);
  } else {
    // If there is no NSConstantString interface defined then treat this
    // as error and recover from it.
    Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_no_nsconstant_string_class)
        << NSIdent << S->getSourceRange();
    Ty = Context.getObjCIdType();
  }
} else {
  IdentifierInfo *NSIdent = NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSString);
  NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope, NSIdent, AtLoc,
                                   LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *StrIF = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF)) {
    Context.setObjCConstantStringInterface(StrIF);
    Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface();
    Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty);
  } else {
    // If there is no NSString interface defined, implicitly declare
    // a @class NSString; and use that instead. This is to make sure
    // type of an NSString literal is represented correctly, instead of
    // being an 'id' type.
    Ty = Context.getObjCNSStringType();
    if (Ty.isNull()) {
      ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringIDecl =
        ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create (Context,
                                   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
                                   SourceLocation(), NSIdent,
                                   nullptr, nullptr, SourceLocation());
      Ty = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSStringIDecl);
      Context.setObjCNSStringType(Ty);
    }
    Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty);
  }
}

return new (Context) ObjCStringLiteral(S, Ty, AtLoc);
143}

145/// Emits an error if the given method does not exist, or if the return
146/// type is not an Objective-C object.
147static bool validateBoxingMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class,
                               Selector Sel, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
if (!Method) {
  // FIXME: Is there a better way to avoid quotes than using getName()?
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_boxing_method) << Sel << Class->getName();
  return false;
}

// Make sure the return type is reasonable.
QualType ReturnType = Method->getReturnType();
if (!ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
    << Sel;
  S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_literal_method_return)
    << ReturnType;
  return false;
}

return true;
167}

169/// Maps ObjCLiteralKind to NSClassIdKindKind
170static NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind ClassKindFromLiteralKind(
                                          Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) {
switch (LiteralKind) {
  case Sema::LK_Array:
    return NSAPI::ClassId_NSArray;
  case Sema::LK_Dictionary:
    return NSAPI::ClassId_NSDictionary;
  case Sema::LK_Numeric:
    return NSAPI::ClassId_NSNumber;
  case Sema::LK_String:
    return NSAPI::ClassId_NSString;
  case Sema::LK_Boxed:
    return NSAPI::ClassId_NSValue;

  // there is no corresponding matching
  // between LK_None/LK_Block and NSClassIdKindKind
  case Sema::LK_Block:
  case Sema::LK_None:
    break;
}
llvm_unreachable("LiteralKind can't be converted into a ClassKind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("LiteralKind can't be converted into a ClassKind"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 190);
191}

193/// Validates ObjCInterfaceDecl availability.
194/// ObjCInterfaceDecl, used to create ObjC literals, should be defined
195/// if clang not in a debugger mode.
196static bool ValidateObjCLiteralInterfaceDecl(Sema &S, ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
                                          SourceLocation Loc,
                                          Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) {
if (!Decl) {
  NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind Kind = ClassKindFromLiteralKind(LiteralKind);
  IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(Kind);
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_objc_literal_class)
    << II->getName() << LiteralKind;
  return false;
} else if (!Decl->hasDefinition() && !S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_objc_literal_class)
    << Decl->getName() << LiteralKind;
  S.Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class);
  return false;
}

return true;
213}

215/// Looks up ObjCInterfaceDecl of a given NSClassIdKindKind.
216/// Used to create ObjC literals, such as NSDictionary (@{}),
217/// NSArray (@[]) and Boxed Expressions (@())
218static ObjCInterfaceDecl *LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(Sema &S,
                                          SourceLocation Loc,
                                          Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) {
NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind ClassKind = ClassKindFromLiteralKind(LiteralKind);
IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(ClassKind);
NamedDecl *IF = S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, II, Loc,
                                   Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF);
if (!ID && S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
  ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
  TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
  ID = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create (Context, TU, SourceLocation(), II,
                                  nullptr, nullptr, SourceLocation());
}

if (!ValidateObjCLiteralInterfaceDecl(S, ID, Loc, LiteralKind)) {
  ID = nullptr;
}

return ID;
238}

240/// Retrieve the NSNumber factory method that should be used to create
241/// an Objective-C literal for the given type.
242static ObjCMethodDecl *getNSNumberFactoryMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                              QualType NumberType,
                                              bool isLiteral = false,
                                              SourceRange R = SourceRange()) {
Optional<NSAPI::NSNumberLiteralMethodKind> Kind =
    S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(NumberType);

if (!Kind) {
  if (isLiteral) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_nsnumber_type)
      << NumberType << R;
  }
  return nullptr;
}

// If we already looked up this method, we're done.
if (S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind])
  return S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind];

Selector Sel = S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberLiteralSelector(*Kind,
                                                      /*Instance=*/false);

ASTContext &CX = S.Context;

// Look up the NSNumber class, if we haven't done so already. It's cached
// in the Sema instance.
if (!S.NSNumberDecl) {
  S.NSNumberDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(S, Loc,
                                                     Sema::LK_Numeric);
  if (!S.NSNumberDecl) {
    return nullptr;
  }
}

if (S.NSNumberPointer.isNull()) {
  // generate the pointer to NSNumber type.
  QualType NSNumberObject = CX.getObjCInterfaceType(S.NSNumberDecl);
  S.NSNumberPointer = CX.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSNumberObject);
}

// Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber.
ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.NSNumberDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel);
if (!Method && S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
  // create a stub definition this NSNumber factory method.
  TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr;
  Method =
      ObjCMethodDecl::Create(CX, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel,
                             S.NSNumberPointer, ReturnTInfo, S.NSNumberDecl,
                             /*isInstance=*/false, /*isVariadic=*/false,
                             /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false,
                             /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false,
                             /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true,
                             /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required,
                             /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false);
  ParmVarDecl *value = ParmVarDecl::Create(S.Context, Method,
                                           SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                           &CX.Idents.get("value"),
                                           NumberType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                                           SC_None, nullptr);
  Method->setMethodParams(S.Context, value, None);
}

if (!validateBoxingMethod(S, Loc, S.NSNumberDecl, Sel, Method))
  return nullptr;

// Note: if the parameter type is out-of-line, we'll catch it later in the
// implicit conversion.

S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind] = Method;
return Method;
312}

314/// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
315/// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *".
316ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number) {
// Determine the type of the literal.
QualType NumberType = Number->getType();
if (CharacterLiteral *Char = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Number)) {
  // In C, character literals have type 'int'. That's not the type we want
  // to use to determine the Objective-c literal kind.
  switch (Char->getKind()) {
  case CharacterLiteral::Ascii:
  case CharacterLiteral::UTF8:
    NumberType = Context.CharTy;
    break;

  case CharacterLiteral::Wide:
    NumberType = Context.getWideCharType();
    break;

  case CharacterLiteral::UTF16:
    NumberType = Context.Char16Ty;
    break;

  case CharacterLiteral::UTF32:
    NumberType = Context.Char32Ty;
    break;
  }
}

// Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber.
// Construct the literal.
SourceRange NR(Number->getSourceRange());
ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, AtLoc, NumberType,
                                                  true, NR);
if (!Method)
  return ExprError();

// Convert the number to the type that the parameter expects.
ParmVarDecl *ParamDecl = Method->parameters()[0];
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                                  ParamDecl);
ExprResult ConvertedNumber = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                       SourceLocation(),
                                                       Number);
if (ConvertedNumber.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
Number = ConvertedNumber.get();

// Use the effective source range of the literal, including the leading '@'.
return MaybeBindToTemporary(
         new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(Number, NSNumberPointer, Method,
                                     SourceRange(AtLoc, NR.getEnd())));
365}

367ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                    SourceLocation ValueLoc,
                                    bool Value) {
ExprResult Inner;
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  Inner = ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(ValueLoc, Value? tok::kw_true : tok::kw_false);
} else {
  // C doesn't actually have a way to represent literal values of type
  // _Bool. So, we'll use 0/1 and implicit cast to _Bool.
  Inner = ActOnIntegerConstant(ValueLoc, Value? 1 : 0);
  Inner = ImpCastExprToType(Inner.get(), Context.BoolTy,
                            CK_IntegralToBoolean);
}

return BuildObjCNumericLiteral(AtLoc, Inner.get());
382}

384/// Check that the given expression is a valid element of an Objective-C
385/// collection literal.
386static ExprResult CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, Expr *Element,
                                                  QualType T,
                                                  bool ArrayLiteral = false) {
// If the expression is type-dependent, there's nothing for us to do.
if (Element->isTypeDependent())
  return Element;

ExprResult Result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Element);
if (Result.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
Element = Result.get();

// In C++, check for an implicit conversion to an Objective-C object pointer
// type.
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Element->getType()->isRecordType()) {
  InitializedEntity Entity
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, T,
                                             /*Consumed=*/false);
  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(
      Element->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
  InitializationSequence Seq(S, Entity, Kind, Element);
  if (!Seq.Failed())
    return Seq.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, Element);
}

Expr *OrigElement = Element;

// Perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
Result = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(Element);
if (Result.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
Element = Result.get();

// Make sure that we have an Objective-C pointer type or block.
if (!Element->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
    !Element->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
  bool Recovered = false;

  // If this is potentially an Objective-C numeric literal, add the '@'.
  if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(OrigElement) ||
      isa<CharacterLiteral>(OrigElement) ||
      isa<FloatingLiteral>(OrigElement) ||
      isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement) ||
      isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement)) {
    if (S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(OrigElement->getType())) {
      int Which = isa<CharacterLiteral>(OrigElement) ? 1
                : (isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement) ||
                   isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement)) ? 2
                : 3;

      S.Diag(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_box_literal_collection)
          << Which << OrigElement->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), "@");

      Result =
          S.BuildObjCNumericLiteral(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), OrigElement);
      if (Result.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      Element = Result.get();
      Recovered = true;
    }
  }
  // If this is potentially an Objective-C string literal, add the '@'.
  else if (StringLiteral *String = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(OrigElement)) {
    if (String->isAscii()) {
      S.Diag(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_box_literal_collection)
          << 0 << OrigElement->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), "@");

      Result = S.BuildObjCStringLiteral(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), String);
      if (Result.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      Element = Result.get();
      Recovered = true;
    }
  }

  if (!Recovered) {
    S.Diag(Element->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_collection_element)
        << Element->getType();
    return ExprError();
  }
}
if (ArrayLiteral)
  if (ObjCStringLiteral *getString =
        dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigElement)) {
    if (StringLiteral *SL = getString->getString()) {
      unsigned numConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
      if (numConcat > 1) {
        // Only warn if the concatenated string doesn't come from a macro.
        bool hasMacro = false;
        for (unsigned i = 0; i < numConcat ; ++i)
          if (SL->getStrTokenLoc(i).isMacroID()) {
            hasMacro = true;
            break;
          }
        if (!hasMacro)
          S.Diag(Element->getBeginLoc(),
                 diag::warn_concatenated_nsarray_literal)
              << Element->getType();
      }
    }
  }

// Make sure that the element has the type that the container factory
// function expects.
return S.PerformCopyInitialization(
    InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, T,
                                           /*Consumed=*/false),
    Element->getBeginLoc(), Element);
498}

500ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr) {
if (ValueExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
  ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr =
    new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(ValueExpr, Context.DependentTy, nullptr, SR);
  return BoxedExpr;
}
ObjCMethodDecl *BoxingMethod = nullptr;
QualType BoxedType;
// Convert the expression to an RValue, so we can check for pointer types...
ExprResult RValue = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ValueExpr);
if (RValue.isInvalid()) {
  return ExprError();
}
SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin();
ValueExpr = RValue.get();
QualType ValueType(ValueExpr->getType());
if (const PointerType *PT = ValueType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
  QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PointeeType, Context.CharTy)) {

    if (!NSStringDecl) {
      NSStringDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc,
                                                       Sema::LK_String);
      if (!NSStringDecl) {
        return ExprError();
      }
      QualType NSStringObject = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSStringDecl);
      NSStringPointer = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSStringObject);
    }

    // The boxed expression can be emitted as a compile time constant if it is
    // a string literal whose character encoding is compatible with UTF-8.
    if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ValueExpr))
      if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
        if (auto *SL =
                dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
          assert((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) &&(((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && "unexpected character encoding"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && \"unexpected character encoding\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 537, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                 "unexpected character encoding")(((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && "unexpected character encoding"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && \"unexpected character encoding\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 537, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
          StringRef Str = SL->getString();
          const llvm::UTF8 *StrBegin = Str.bytes_begin();
          const llvm::UTF8 *StrEnd = Str.bytes_end();
          // Check that this is a valid UTF-8 string.
          if (llvm::isLegalUTF8String(&StrBegin, StrEnd)) {
            BoxedType = Context.getAttributedType(
                AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(
                    NullabilityKind::NonNull),
                NSStringPointer, NSStringPointer);
            return new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(CE, BoxedType, nullptr, SR);
          }

          Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_boxing_invalid_utf8_string)
              << NSStringPointer << SL->getSourceRange();
        }

    if (!StringWithUTF8StringMethod) {
      IdentifierInfo *II = &Context.Idents.get("stringWithUTF8String");
      Selector stringWithUTF8String = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(II);

      // Look for the appropriate method within NSString.
      BoxingMethod = NSStringDecl->lookupClassMethod(stringWithUTF8String);
      if (!BoxingMethod && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
        // Debugger needs to work even if NSString hasn't been defined.
        TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr;
        ObjCMethodDecl *M = ObjCMethodDecl::Create(
            Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), stringWithUTF8String,
            NSStringPointer, ReturnTInfo, NSStringDecl,
            /*isInstance=*/false, /*isVariadic=*/false,
            /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false,
            /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false,
            /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true,
            /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required,
            /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false);
        QualType ConstCharType = Context.CharTy.withConst();
        ParmVarDecl *value =
          ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M,
                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                              &Context.Idents.get("value"),
                              Context.getPointerType(ConstCharType),
                              /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                              SC_None, nullptr);
        M->setMethodParams(Context, value, None);
        BoxingMethod = M;
      }

      if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSStringDecl,
                                stringWithUTF8String, BoxingMethod))
         return ExprError();

      StringWithUTF8StringMethod = BoxingMethod;
    }

    BoxingMethod = StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
    BoxedType = NSStringPointer;
    // Transfer the nullability from method's return type.
    Optional<NullabilityKind> Nullability =
        BoxingMethod->getReturnType()->getNullability(Context);
    if (Nullability)
      BoxedType = Context.getAttributedType(
          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), BoxedType,
          BoxedType);
  }
} else if (ValueType->isBuiltinType()) {
  // The other types we support are numeric, char and BOOL/bool. We could also
  // provide limited support for structure types, such as NSRange, NSRect, and
  // NSSize. See NSValue (NSValueGeometryExtensions) in <Foundation/NSGeometry.h>
  // for more details.

  // Check for a top-level character literal.
  if (const CharacterLiteral *Char =
      dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(ValueExpr->IgnoreParens())) {
    // In C, character literals have type 'int'. That's not the type we want
    // to use to determine the Objective-c literal kind.
    switch (Char->getKind()) {
    case CharacterLiteral::Ascii:
    case CharacterLiteral::UTF8:
      ValueType = Context.CharTy;
      break;

    case CharacterLiteral::Wide:
      ValueType = Context.getWideCharType();
      break;

    case CharacterLiteral::UTF16:
      ValueType = Context.Char16Ty;
      break;

    case CharacterLiteral::UTF32:
      ValueType = Context.Char32Ty;
      break;
    }
  }
  // FIXME:  Do I need to do anything special with BoolTy expressions?

  // Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber.
  BoxingMethod = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, Loc, ValueType);
  BoxedType = NSNumberPointer;
} else if (const EnumType *ET = ValueType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
  if (!ET->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_incomplete_boxed_expression_type)
      << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  BoxingMethod = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, Loc,
                                          ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
  BoxedType = NSNumberPointer;
} else if (ValueType->isObjCBoxableRecordType()) {
  // Support for structure types, that marked as objc_boxable
  // struct __attribute__((objc_boxable)) s { ... };

  // Look up the NSValue class, if we haven't done so already. It's cached
  // in the Sema instance.
  if (!NSValueDecl) {
    NSValueDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc,
                                                    Sema::LK_Boxed);
    if (!NSValueDecl) {
      return ExprError();
    }

    // generate the pointer to NSValue type.
    QualType NSValueObject = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSValueDecl);
    NSValuePointer = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSValueObject);
  }

  if (!ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod) {
    IdentifierInfo *II[] = {
      &Context.Idents.get("valueWithBytes"),
      &Context.Idents.get("objCType")
    };
    Selector ValueWithBytesObjCType = Context.Selectors.getSelector(2, II);

    // Look for the appropriate method within NSValue.
    BoxingMethod = NSValueDecl->lookupClassMethod(ValueWithBytesObjCType);
    if (!BoxingMethod && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
      // Debugger needs to work even if NSValue hasn't been defined.
      TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr;
      ObjCMethodDecl *M = ObjCMethodDecl::Create(
          Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), ValueWithBytesObjCType,
          NSValuePointer, ReturnTInfo, NSValueDecl,
          /*isInstance=*/false,
          /*isVariadic=*/false,
          /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false,
          /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false,
          /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true,
          /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required,
          /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false);

      SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 2> Params;

      ParmVarDecl *bytes =
      ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M,
                          SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                          &Context.Idents.get("bytes"),
                          Context.VoidPtrTy.withConst(),
                          /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                          SC_None, nullptr);
      Params.push_back(bytes);

      QualType ConstCharType = Context.CharTy.withConst();
      ParmVarDecl *type =
      ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M,
                          SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                          &Context.Idents.get("type"),
                          Context.getPointerType(ConstCharType),
                          /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                          SC_None, nullptr);
      Params.push_back(type);

      M->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None);
      BoxingMethod = M;
    }

    if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSValueDecl,
                              ValueWithBytesObjCType, BoxingMethod))
      return ExprError();

    ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod = BoxingMethod;
  }

  if (!ValueType.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_non_trivially_copyable_boxed_expression_type)
      << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  BoxingMethod = ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
  BoxedType = NSValuePointer;
}

if (!BoxingMethod) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_illegal_boxed_expression_type)
    << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange();
  return ExprError();
}

DiagnoseUseOfDecl(BoxingMethod, Loc);

ExprResult ConvertedValueExpr;
if (ValueType->isObjCBoxableRecordType()) {
  InitializedEntity IE = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(ValueType);
  ConvertedValueExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(IE, ValueExpr->getExprLoc(),
                                                 ValueExpr);
} else {
  // Convert the expression to the type that the parameter requires.
  ParmVarDecl *ParamDecl = BoxingMethod->parameters()[0];
  InitializedEntity IE = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                                ParamDecl);
  ConvertedValueExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(IE, SourceLocation(),
                                                 ValueExpr);
}

if (ConvertedValueExpr.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
ValueExpr = ConvertedValueExpr.get();

ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr =
  new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(ValueExpr, BoxedType,
                                    BoxingMethod, SR);
return MaybeBindToTemporary(BoxedExpr);
759}

761/// Build an ObjC subscript pseudo-object expression, given that
762/// that's supported by the runtime.
763ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
                                      Expr *IndexExpr,
                                      ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
                                      ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod) {
assert(!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())((!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 767, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// We can't get dependent types here; our callers should have
// filtered them out.
assert((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) &&(((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->
isTypeDependent()) && "base or index cannot have dependent type here"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) && \"base or index cannot have dependent type here\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 772, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "base or index cannot have dependent type here")(((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->
isTypeDependent()) && "base or index cannot have dependent type here"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) && \"base or index cannot have dependent type here\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 772, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// Filter out placeholders in the index.  In theory, overloads could
// be preserved here, although that might not actually work correctly.
ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(IndexExpr);
if (Result.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
IndexExpr = Result.get();

// Perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on the base.
Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(BaseExpr);
if (Result.isInvalid())
  return ExprError();
BaseExpr = Result.get();

// Build the pseudo-object expression.
return new (Context) ObjCSubscriptRefExpr(
    BaseExpr, IndexExpr, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCSubscript,
    getterMethod, setterMethod, RB);
791}

793ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements) {
SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin();

if (!NSArrayDecl) {
  NSArrayDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc,
                                                  Sema::LK_Array);
  if (!NSArrayDecl) {
    return ExprError();
  }
}

// Find the arrayWithObjects:count: method, if we haven't done so already.
QualType IdT = Context.getObjCIdType();
if (!ArrayWithObjectsMethod) {
  Selector
    Sel = NSAPIObj->getNSArraySelector(NSAPI::NSArr_arrayWithObjectsCount);
  ObjCMethodDecl *Method = NSArrayDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel);
  if (!Method && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
    TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr;
    Method = ObjCMethodDecl::Create(
        Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel, IdT, ReturnTInfo,
        Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), false /*Instance*/,
        false /*isVariadic*/,
        /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false,
        /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, /*isDefined=*/false,
        ObjCMethodDecl::Required, false);
    SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 2> Params;
    ParmVarDecl *objects = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method,
                                               SourceLocation(),
                                               SourceLocation(),
                                               &Context.Idents.get("objects"),
                                               Context.getPointerType(IdT),
                                               /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                                               SC_None, nullptr);
    Params.push_back(objects);
    ParmVarDecl *cnt = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method,
                                           SourceLocation(),
                                           SourceLocation(),
                                           &Context.Idents.get("cnt"),
                                           Context.UnsignedLongTy,
                                           /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None,
                                           nullptr);
    Params.push_back(cnt);
    Method->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None);
  }

  if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSArrayDecl, Sel, Method))
    return ExprError();

  // Dig out the type that all elements should be converted to.
  QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
  const PointerType *PtrT = T->getAs<PointerType>();
  if (!PtrT ||
      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrT->getPointeeType(), IdT)) {
    Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
      << Sel;
    Diag(Method->parameters()[0]->getLocation(),
         diag::note_objc_literal_method_param)
      << 0 << T
      << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst());
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Check that the 'count' parameter is integral.
  if (!Method->parameters()[1]->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
    Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
      << Sel;
    Diag(Method->parameters()[1]->getLocation(),
         diag::note_objc_literal_method_param)
      << 1
      << Method->parameters()[1]->getType()
      << "integral";
    return ExprError();
  }

  // We've found a good +arrayWithObjects:count: method. Save it!
  ArrayWithObjectsMethod = Method;
}

QualType ObjectsType = ArrayWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[0]->getType();
QualType RequiredType = ObjectsType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();

// Check that each of the elements provided is valid in a collection literal,
// performing conversions as necessary.
Expr **ElementsBuffer = Elements.data();
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Elements.size(); I != N; ++I) {
  ExprResult Converted = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this,
                                                           ElementsBuffer[I],
                                                           RequiredType, true);
  if (Converted.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  ElementsBuffer[I] = Converted.get();
}

QualType Ty
  = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
                                  Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSArrayDecl));

return MaybeBindToTemporary(
         ObjCArrayLiteral::Create(Context, Elements, Ty,
                                  ArrayWithObjectsMethod, SR));
895}

897ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
                            MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements) {
SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin();

if (!NSDictionaryDecl) {
  NSDictionaryDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc,
                                                       Sema::LK_Dictionary);
  if (!NSDictionaryDecl) {
    return ExprError();
  }
}

// Find the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method, if we haven't done
// so already.
QualType IdT = Context.getObjCIdType();
if (!DictionaryWithObjectsMethod) {
  Selector Sel = NSAPIObj->getNSDictionarySelector(
                             NSAPI::NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectsForKeysCount);
  ObjCMethodDecl *Method = NSDictionaryDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel);
  if (!Method && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) {
    Method = ObjCMethodDecl::Create(
        Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel, IdT,
        nullptr /*TypeSourceInfo */, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
        false /*Instance*/, false /*isVariadic*/,
        /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false,
        /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false,
        /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, /*isDefined=*/false,
        ObjCMethodDecl::Required, false);
    SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> Params;
    ParmVarDecl *objects = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method,
                                               SourceLocation(),
                                               SourceLocation(),
                                               &Context.Idents.get("objects"),
                                               Context.getPointerType(IdT),
                                               /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None,
                                               nullptr);
    Params.push_back(objects);
    ParmVarDecl *keys = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method,
                                            SourceLocation(),
                                            SourceLocation(),
                                            &Context.Idents.get("keys"),
                                            Context.getPointerType(IdT),
                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None,
                                            nullptr);
    Params.push_back(keys);
    ParmVarDecl *cnt = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method,
                                           SourceLocation(),
                                           SourceLocation(),
                                           &Context.Idents.get("cnt"),
                                           Context.UnsignedLongTy,
                                           /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None,
                                           nullptr);
    Params.push_back(cnt);
    Method->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None);
  }

  if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, SR.getBegin(), NSDictionaryDecl, Sel,
                            Method))
     return ExprError();

  // Dig out the type that all values should be converted to.
  QualType ValueT = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
  const PointerType *PtrValue = ValueT->getAs<PointerType>();
  if (!PtrValue ||
      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrValue->getPointeeType(), IdT)) {
    Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
      << Sel;
    Diag(Method->parameters()[0]->getLocation(),
         diag::note_objc_literal_method_param)
      << 0 << ValueT
      << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst());
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Dig out the type that all keys should be converted to.
  QualType KeyT = Method->parameters()[1]->getType();
  const PointerType *PtrKey = KeyT->getAs<PointerType>();
  if (!PtrKey ||
      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrKey->getPointeeType(),
                                      IdT)) {
    bool err = true;
    if (PtrKey) {
      if (QIDNSCopying.isNull()) {
        // key argument of selector is id<NSCopying>?
        if (ObjCProtocolDecl *NSCopyingPDecl =
            LookupProtocol(&Context.Idents.get("NSCopying"), SR.getBegin())) {
          ObjCProtocolDecl *PQ[] = {NSCopyingPDecl};
          QIDNSCopying =
            Context.getObjCObjectType(Context.ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { },
                                      llvm::makeArrayRef(
                                        (ObjCProtocolDecl**) PQ,
                                        1),
                                      false);
          QIDNSCopying = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QIDNSCopying);
        }
      }
      if (!QIDNSCopying.isNull())
        err = !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrKey->getPointeeType(),
                                              QIDNSCopying);
    }

    if (err) {
      Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
        << Sel;
      Diag(Method->parameters()[1]->getLocation(),
           diag::note_objc_literal_method_param)
        << 1 << KeyT
        << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst());
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  // Check that the 'count' parameter is integral.
  QualType CountType = Method->parameters()[2]->getType();
  if (!CountType->isIntegerType()) {
    Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig)
      << Sel;
    Diag(Method->parameters()[2]->getLocation(),
         diag::note_objc_literal_method_param)
      << 2 << CountType
      << "integral";
    return ExprError();
  }

  // We've found a good +dictionaryWithObjects:keys:count: method; save it!
  DictionaryWithObjectsMethod = Method;
}

QualType ValuesT = DictionaryWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[0]->getType();
QualType ValueT = ValuesT->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType KeysT = DictionaryWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[1]->getType();
QualType KeyT = KeysT->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();

// Check that each of the keys and values provided is valid in a collection
// literal, performing conversions as necessary.
bool HasPackExpansions = false;
for (ObjCDictionaryElement &Element : Elements) {
  // Check the key.
  ExprResult Key = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this, Element.Key,
                                                     KeyT);
  if (Key.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  // Check the value.
  ExprResult Value
    = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this, Element.Value, ValueT);
  if (Value.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  Element.Key = Key.get();
  Element.Value = Value.get();

  if (Element.EllipsisLoc.isInvalid())
    continue;

  if (!Element.Key->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
      !Element.Value->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
    Diag(Element.EllipsisLoc,
         diag::err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs)
        << SourceRange(Element.Key->getBeginLoc(),
                       Element.Value->getEndLoc());
    return ExprError();
  }

  HasPackExpansions = true;
}

QualType Ty
  = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
                              Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSDictionaryDecl));
return MaybeBindToTemporary(ObjCDictionaryLiteral::Create(
    Context, Elements, HasPackExpansions, Ty,
    DictionaryWithObjectsMethod, SR));
1070}

1072ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                    TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
QualType EncodedType = EncodedTypeInfo->getType();
QualType StrTy;
if (EncodedType->isDependentType())
  StrTy = Context.DependentTy;
else {
  if (!EncodedType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() && //// Incomplete array is handled.
      !EncodedType->isVoidType()) // void is handled too.
    if (RequireCompleteType(AtLoc, EncodedType,
                            diag::err_incomplete_type_objc_at_encode,
                            EncodedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc()))
      return ExprError();

  std::string Str;
  QualType NotEncodedT;
  Context.getObjCEncodingForType(EncodedType, Str, nullptr, &NotEncodedT);
  if (!NotEncodedT.isNull())
    Diag(AtLoc, diag::warn_incomplete_encoded_type)
      << EncodedType << NotEncodedT;

  // The type of @encode is the same as the type of the corresponding string,
  // which is an array type.
  StrTy = Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(Context.CharTy, Str.size());
}

return new (Context) ObjCEncodeExpr(StrTy, EncodedTypeInfo, AtLoc, RParenLoc);
1100}

1102ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                         SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                         ParsedType ty,
                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
// FIXME: Preserve type source info ?
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
QualType EncodedType = GetTypeFromParser(ty, &TInfo);
if (!TInfo)
  TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(EncodedType,
                                           getLocForEndOfToken(LParenLoc));

return BuildObjCEncodeExpression(AtLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
1115}

1117static bool HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(Sema &S,
                                             SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                             SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                             ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                             ObjCMethodList &MethList) {
ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList;
bool Warned = false;
for (M = M->getNext(); M; M=M->getNext()) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *MatchingMethodDecl = M->getMethod();
  if (MatchingMethodDecl == Method ||
      isa<ObjCImplDecl>(MatchingMethodDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
      MatchingMethodDecl->getSelector() != Method->getSelector())
    continue;
  if (!S.MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method,
                                    MatchingMethodDecl, Sema::MMS_loose)) {
    if (!Warned) {
      Warned = true;
      S.Diag(AtLoc, diag::warn_multiple_selectors)
        << Method->getSelector() << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LParenLoc, "(")
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RParenLoc, ")");
      S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
    }
    S.Diag(MatchingMethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
      << MatchingMethodDecl->getDeclName();
  }
}
return Warned;
1146}

1148static void DiagnoseMismatchedSelectors(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                      bool WarnMultipleSelectors) {
if (!WarnMultipleSelectors ||
    S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_multiple_selectors, SourceLocation()))
  return;
bool Warned = false;
for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = S.MethodPool.begin(),
     e = S.MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) {
  // first, instance methods
  ObjCMethodList &InstMethList = b->second.first;
  if (HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(S, AtLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc,
                                                    Method, InstMethList))
    Warned = true;

  // second, class methods
  ObjCMethodList &ClsMethList = b->second.second;
  if (HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(S, AtLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc,
                                                    Method, ClsMethList) || Warned)
    return;
}
1171}

1173static void HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                              Selector Sel,
                                              ObjCMethodList &MethList,
                                              bool &onlyDirect) {
ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList;
for (M = M->getNext(); M; M = M->getNext()) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->getMethod();
  if (Method->getSelector() != Sel)
    continue;
  if (!Method->isDirectMethod())
    onlyDirect = false;
}
1185}

1187static void DiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                      Selector Sel, bool &onlyDirect) {
for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = S.MethodPool.begin(),
     e = S.MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) {
  // first, instance methods
  ObjCMethodList &InstMethList = b->second.first;
  HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(S, AtLoc, Sel, InstMethList,
                                      onlyDirect);

  // second, class methods
  ObjCMethodList &ClsMethList = b->second.second;
  HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(S, AtLoc, Sel, ClsMethList, onlyDirect);
}
1200}

1202ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
                                           SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                           SourceLocation SelLoc,
                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                           bool WarnMultipleSelectors) {
ObjCMethodDecl *Method = LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Sel,
                           SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
if (!Method)
  Method = LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Sel,
                                        SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
if (!Method) {
  if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OM = SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Sel)) {
    Selector MatchedSel = OM->getSelector();
    SourceRange SelectorRange(LParenLoc.getLocWithOffset(1),
                              RParenLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1));
    Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_undeclared_selector_with_typo)
      << Sel << MatchedSel
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SelectorRange, MatchedSel.getAsString());

  } else
      Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_undeclared_selector) << Sel;
} else {
  bool onlyDirect = Method->isDirectMethod();
  DiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(*this, AtLoc, Sel, onlyDirect);
  DiagnoseMismatchedSelectors(*this, AtLoc, Method, LParenLoc, RParenLoc,
                              WarnMultipleSelectors);
  if (onlyDirect) {
    Diag(AtLoc, diag::err_direct_selector_expression)
        << Method->getSelector();
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }
}

if (Method &&
    Method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional &&
    !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Method->getLocation()))
  ReferencedSelectors.insert(std::make_pair(Sel, AtLoc));

// In ARC, forbid the user from using @selector for
// retain/release/autorelease/dealloc/retainCount.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
  switch (Sel.getMethodFamily()) {
  case OMF_retain:
  case OMF_release:
  case OMF_autorelease:
  case OMF_retainCount:
  case OMF_dealloc:
    Diag(AtLoc, diag::err_arc_illegal_selector) <<
      Sel << SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
    break;

  case OMF_None:
  case OMF_alloc:
  case OMF_copy:
  case OMF_finalize:
  case OMF_init:
  case OMF_mutableCopy:
  case OMF_new:
  case OMF_self:
  case OMF_initialize:
  case OMF_performSelector:
    break;
  }
}
QualType Ty = Context.getObjCSelType();
return new (Context) ObjCSelectorExpr(Ty, Sel, AtLoc, RParenLoc);
1270}

1272ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
                                           SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                           SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                           SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
ObjCProtocolDecl* PDecl = LookupProtocol(ProtocolId, ProtoIdLoc);
if (!PDecl) {
  Diag(ProtoLoc, diag::err_undeclared_protocol) << ProtocolId;
  return true;
}
if (!PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
  Diag(ProtoLoc, diag::err_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl;
  Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
} else {
  PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition();
}

QualType Ty = Context.getObjCProtoType();
if (Ty.isNull())
  return true;
Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty);
return new (Context) ObjCProtocolExpr(Ty, PDecl, AtLoc, ProtoIdLoc, RParenLoc);
1295}

1297/// Try to capture an implicit reference to 'self'.
1298ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc) {
DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();

// If we're not in an ObjC method, error out.  Note that, unlike the
// C++ case, we don't require an instance method --- class methods
// still have a 'self', and we really do still need to capture it!
ObjCMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC);
if (!method)
  return nullptr;

tryCaptureVariable(method->getSelfDecl(), Loc);

return method;
1311}

1313static QualType stripObjCInstanceType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
QualType origType = T;
if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T)) {
  if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType()) {
    return Context.getAttributedType(
             AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*nullability),
             Context.getObjCIdType(),
             Context.getObjCIdType());
  }

  return origType;
}

if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType())
  return Context.getObjCIdType();

return origType;
1330}

1332/// Determine the result type of a message send based on the receiver type,
1333/// method, and the kind of message send.
1334///
1335/// This is the "base" result type, which will still need to be adjusted
1336/// to account for nullability.
1337static QualType getBaseMessageSendResultType(Sema &S,
                                           QualType ReceiverType,
                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                           bool isClassMessage,
                                           bool isSuperMessage) {
assert(Method && "Must have a method")((Method && "Must have a method") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Must have a method\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType())
  return Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType);

ASTContext &Context = S.Context;

// Local function that transfers the nullability of the method's
// result type to the returned result.
auto transferNullability = [&](QualType type) -> QualType {
  // If the method's result type has nullability, extract it.
  if (auto nullability = Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType)
                           ->getNullability(Context)){
    // Strip off any outer nullability sugar from the provided type.
    (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(type);

    // Form a new attributed type using the method result type's nullability.
    return Context.getAttributedType(
             AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*nullability),
             type,
             type);
  }

  return type;
};

// If a method has a related return type:
//   - if the method found is an instance method, but the message send
//     was a class message send, T is the declared return type of the method
//     found
if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && isClassMessage)
  return stripObjCInstanceType(Context,
                               Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType));

//   - if the receiver is super, T is a pointer to the class of the
//     enclosing method definition
if (isSuperMessage) {
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl())
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
      return transferNullability(
               Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
                 Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class)));
    }
}

//   - if the receiver is the name of a class U, T is a pointer to U
if (ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
  return transferNullability(Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ReceiverType));
//   - if the receiver is of type Class or qualified Class type,
//     T is the declared return type of the method.
if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
    ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
  return stripObjCInstanceType(Context,
                               Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType));

//   - if the receiver is id, qualified id, Class, or qualified Class, T
//     is the receiver type, otherwise
//   - T is the type of the receiver expression.
return transferNullability(ReceiverType);
1400}

1402QualType Sema::getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver,
                                      QualType ReceiverType,
                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                      bool isClassMessage,
                                      bool isSuperMessage) {
// Produce the result type.
QualType resultType = getBaseMessageSendResultType(*this, ReceiverType,
                                                   Method,
                                                   isClassMessage,
                                                   isSuperMessage);

// If this is a class message, ignore the nullability of the receiver.
if (isClassMessage) {
  // In a class method, class messages to 'self' that return instancetype can
  // be typed as the current class.  We can safely do this in ARC because self
  // can't be reassigned, and we do it unsafely outside of ARC because in
  // practice people never reassign self in class methods and there's some
  // virtue in not being aggressively pedantic.
  if (Receiver && Receiver->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
    assert(ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && "expected a Class self")((ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && "expected a Class self"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && \"expected a Class self\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 1421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    QualType T = Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType);
    AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T);
    if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType()) {
      const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(
          cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(
              cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getDecl())
              ->getDeclContext());
      assert(MD->isClassMethod() && "expected a class method")((MD->isClassMethod() && "expected a class method"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MD->isClassMethod() && \"expected a class method\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 1429, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
      QualType NewResultType = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
          Context.getObjCInterfaceType(MD->getClassInterface()));
      if (auto Nullability = resultType->getNullability(Context))
        NewResultType = Context.getAttributedType(
            AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability),
            NewResultType, NewResultType);
      return NewResultType;
    }
  }
  return resultType;
}

// There is nothing left to do if the result type cannot have a nullability
// specifier.
if (!resultType->canHaveNullability())
  return resultType;

// Map the nullability of the result into a table index.
unsigned receiverNullabilityIdx = 0;
if (auto nullability = ReceiverType->getNullability(Context))
  receiverNullabilityIdx = 1 + static_cast<unsigned>(*nullability);

unsigned resultNullabilityIdx = 0;
if (auto nullability = resultType->getNullability(Context))
  resultNullabilityIdx = 1 + static_cast<unsigned>(*nullability);

// The table of nullability mappings, indexed by the receiver's nullability
// and then the result type's nullability.
static const uint8_t None = 0;
static const uint8_t NonNull = 1;
static const uint8_t Nullable = 2;
static const uint8_t Unspecified = 3;
static const uint8_t nullabilityMap[4][4] = {
  //                  None        NonNull       Nullable    Unspecified
  /* None */        { None,       None,         Nullable,   None },
  /* NonNull */     { None,       NonNull,      Nullable,   Unspecified },
  /* Nullable */    { Nullable,   Nullable,     Nullable,   Nullable },
  /* Unspecified */ { None,       Unspecified,  Nullable,   Unspecified }
};

unsigned newResultNullabilityIdx
  = nullabilityMap[receiverNullabilityIdx][resultNullabilityIdx];
if (newResultNullabilityIdx == resultNullabilityIdx)
  return resultType;

// Strip off the existing nullability. This removes as little type sugar as
// possible.
do {
  if (auto attributed = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(resultType.getTypePtr())) {
    resultType = attributed->getModifiedType();
  } else {
    resultType = resultType.getDesugaredType(Context);
  }
} while (resultType->getNullability(Context));

// Add nullability back if needed.
if (newResultNullabilityIdx > 0) {
  auto newNullability
    = static_cast<NullabilityKind>(newResultNullabilityIdx-1);
  return Context.getAttributedType(
           AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(newNullability),
           resultType, resultType);
}

return resultType;
1495}

1497/// Look for an ObjC method whose result type exactly matches the given type.
1498static const ObjCMethodDecl *
1499findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
                               QualType instancetype) {
if (MD->getReturnType() == instancetype)
  return MD;

// For these purposes, a method in an @implementation overrides a
// declaration in the @interface.
if (const ObjCImplDecl *impl =
      dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(MD->getDeclContext())) {
  const ObjCContainerDecl *iface;
  if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *catImpl =
        dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(impl)) {
    iface = catImpl->getCategoryDecl();
  } else {
    iface = impl->getClassInterface();
  }

  const ObjCMethodDecl *ifaceMD =
    iface->getMethod(MD->getSelector(), MD->isInstanceMethod());
  if (ifaceMD) return findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(ifaceMD, instancetype);
}

SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> overrides;
MD->getOverriddenMethods(overrides);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = overrides.size(); i != e; ++i) {
  if (const ObjCMethodDecl *result =
        findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(overrides[i], instancetype))
    return result;
}

return nullptr;
1530}

1532void Sema::EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType) {
// Only complain if we're in an ObjC method and the required return
// type doesn't match the method's declared return type.
ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext);
if (!MD || !MD->hasRelatedResultType() ||
    Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(destType, MD->getReturnType()))
  return;

// Look for a method overridden by this method which explicitly uses
// 'instancetype'.
if (const ObjCMethodDecl *overridden =
      findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(MD, Context.getObjCInstanceType())) {
  SourceRange range = overridden->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
  SourceLocation loc = range.getBegin();
  if (loc.isInvalid())
    loc = overridden->getLocation();
  Diag(loc, diag::note_related_result_type_explicit)
    << /*current method*/ 1 << range;
  return;
}

// Otherwise, if we have an interesting method family, note that.
// This should always trigger if the above didn't.
if (ObjCMethodFamily family = MD->getMethodFamily())
  Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_family)
    << /*current method*/ 1
    << family;
1559}

1561void Sema::EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E) {
E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
const ObjCMessageExpr *MsgSend = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
if (!MsgSend)
  return;

const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = MsgSend->getMethodDecl();
if (!Method)
  return;

if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType())
  return;

if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
        Method->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType(), MsgSend->getType()))
  return;

if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Method->getReturnType(),
                                    Context.getObjCInstanceType()))
  return;

Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_inferred)
  << Method->isInstanceMethod() << Method->getSelector()
  << MsgSend->getType();
1585}

1587bool Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes(
  const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, MultiExprArg Args,
  Selector Sel, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
  bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac,
  SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, QualType &ReturnType,
  ExprValueKind &VK) {
SourceLocation SelLoc;
if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid())
29
←
Assuming the condition is false→
  SelLoc = SelectorLocs.front();
else
  SelLoc = lbrac;

if (!Method29.1
'Method' is null
1
'Method' is null
) {
30
←
Taking true branch→
  // Apply default argument promotion as for (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
31
←
Assuming 'i' is equal to 'e'→
32
←
Loop condition is false. Execution continues on line 1617→
    if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent())
      continue;

    ExprResult result;
    if (getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) {
      QualType paramTy; // ignored
      result = checkUnknownAnyArg(SelLoc, Args[i], paramTy);
    } else {
      result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Args[i]);
    }
    if (result.isInvalid())
      return true;
    Args[i] = result.get();
  }

  unsigned DiagID;
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
33
←
Assuming field 'ObjCAutoRefCount' is not equal to 0→
34
←
Taking true branch→
    DiagID = diag::err_arc_method_not_found;
  else
    DiagID = isClassMessage ? diag::warn_class_method_not_found
                            : diag::warn_inst_method_not_found;
  if (!getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) {
35
←
Assuming field 'DebuggerSupport' is 0→
36
←
Taking true branch→
    const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Sel, ReceiverType);
    if (OMD && !OMD->isInvalidDecl()) {
37
←
Assuming 'OMD' is null→
      if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
        DiagID = diag::err_method_not_found_with_typo;
      else
        DiagID = isClassMessage ? diag::warn_class_method_not_found_with_typo
                                : diag::warn_instance_method_not_found_with_typo;
      Selector MatchedSel = OMD->getSelector();
      SourceRange SelectorRange(SelectorLocs.front(), SelectorLocs.back());
      if (MatchedSel.isUnarySelector())
        Diag(SelLoc, DiagID)
          << Sel<< isClassMessage << MatchedSel
          << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SelectorRange, MatchedSel.getAsString());
      else
        Diag(SelLoc, DiagID) << Sel<< isClassMessage << MatchedSel;
    }
    else
      Diag(SelLoc, DiagID)
        << Sel << isClassMessage << SourceRange(SelectorLocs.front(),
                                              SelectorLocs.back());
    // Find the class to which we are sending this message.
    if (ReceiverType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
38
←
Calling 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
41
←
Returning from 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
42
←
Taking true branch→
      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ThisClass =
          ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl()) {
43
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
44
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
        Diag(ThisClass->getLocation(), diag::note_receiver_class_declared);
        if (!RecRange.isInvalid())
          if (ThisClass->lookupClassMethod(Sel))
            Diag(RecRange.getBegin(),diag::note_receiver_expr_here)
              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RecRange,
                                              ThisClass->getNameAsString());
      }
    }
  }

  // In debuggers, we want to use __unknown_anytype for these
  // results so that clients can cast them.
  if (getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) {
    ReturnType = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
  } else {
    ReturnType = Context.getObjCIdType();
  }
  VK = VK_RValue;
  return false;
}

ReturnType = getMessageSendResultType(Receiver, ReceiverType, Method,
                                      isClassMessage, isSuperMessage);
VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Method->getReturnType());

unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs();
// Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due
// to addition of c-style arguments in method.
if (Method->param_size() > Sel.getNumArgs())
  NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size();
// FIXME. This need be cleaned up.
if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) {
  Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
    << 2 << NumNamedArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size());
  return false;
}

// Compute the set of type arguments to be substituted into each parameter
// type.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> typeArgs
  = ReceiverType->getObjCSubstitutions(Method->getDeclContext());
bool IsError = false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) {
  // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument.
  if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent())
    continue;

  Expr *argExpr = Args[i];

  ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i];
  assert(argExpr && "CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression")((argExpr && "CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 1698, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  if (param->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>())
    if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(
            argExpr->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context)))
      BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape();

  // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's
  // a consumed argument.
  if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) &&
      !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())
    argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr);

  // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, infer its type
  // from the argument.
  if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
    QualType paramType;
    ExprResult argE = checkUnknownAnyArg(SelLoc, argExpr, paramType);
    if (argE.isInvalid()) {
      IsError = true;
    } else {
      Args[i] = argE.get();

      // Update the parameter type in-place.
      param->setType(paramType);
    }
    continue;
  }

  QualType origParamType = param->getType();
  QualType paramType = param->getType();
  if (typeArgs)
    paramType = paramType.substObjCTypeArgs(
                  Context,
                  *typeArgs,
                  ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);

  if (RequireCompleteType(argExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                          paramType,
                          diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, argExpr))
    return true;

  InitializedEntity Entity
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, param, paramType);
  ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), argExpr);
  if (ArgE.isInvalid())
    IsError = true;
  else {
    Args[i] = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();

    // If we are type-erasing a block to a block-compatible
    // Objective-C pointer type, we may need to extend the lifetime
    // of the block object.
    if (typeArgs && Args[i]->isRValue() && paramType->isBlockPointerType() &&
        Args[i]->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
        origParamType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
      ExprResult arg = Args[i];
      maybeExtendBlockObject(arg);
      Args[i] = arg.get();
    }
  }
}

// Promote additional arguments to variadic methods.
if (Method->isVariadic()) {
  for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) {
    if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent())
      continue;

    ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod,
                                                      nullptr);
    IsError |= Arg.isInvalid();
    Args[i] = Arg.get();
  }
} else {
  // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods.
  if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) {
    Diag(Args[NumNamedArgs]->getBeginLoc(),
         diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
        << 2 /*method*/ << NumNamedArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
        << Method->getSourceRange()
        << SourceRange(Args[NumNamedArgs]->getBeginLoc(),
                       Args.back()->getEndLoc());
  }
}

DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, SelLoc, Args);

// Do additional checkings on method.
IsError |= CheckObjCMethodCall(
    Method, SelLoc, makeArrayRef(Args.data(), Args.size()));

return IsError;
1791}

1793bool Sema::isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr) {
// 'self' is objc 'self' in an objc method only.
ObjCMethodDecl *Method =
    dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext->getNonClosureAncestor());
return isSelfExpr(RExpr, Method);
1798}

1800bool Sema::isSelfExpr(Expr *receiver, const ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
if (!method) return false;

receiver = receiver->IgnoreParenLValueCasts();
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(receiver))
  if (DRE->getDecl() == method->getSelfDecl())
    return true;
return false;
1808}

1810/// LookupMethodInType - Look up a method in an ObjCObjectType.
1811ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector sel, QualType type,
                                             bool isInstance) {
const ObjCObjectType *objType = type->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface = objType->getInterface()) {
  // Look it up in the main interface (and categories, etc.)
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = iface->lookupMethod(sel, isInstance))
    return method;

  // Okay, look for "private" methods declared in any
  // @implementations we've seen.
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = iface->lookupPrivateMethod(sel, isInstance))
    return method;
}

// Check qualifiers.
for (const auto *I : objType->quals())
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = I->lookupMethod(sel, isInstance))
    return method;

return nullptr;
1831}

1833/// LookupMethodInQualifiedType - Lookups up a method in protocol qualifier
1834/// list of a qualified objective pointer type.
1835ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
                                            const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
                                            bool Instance)
1838{
ObjCMethodDecl *MD = nullptr;
for (const auto *PROTO : OPT->quals()) {
  if ((MD = PROTO->lookupMethod(Sel, Instance))) {
    return MD;
  }
}
return nullptr;
1846}

1848/// HandleExprPropertyRefExpr - Handle foo.bar where foo is a pointer to an
1849/// objective C interface.  This is a property reference expression.
1850ExprResult Sema::
1851HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
                        Expr *BaseExpr, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                        DeclarationName MemberName,
                        SourceLocation MemberLoc,
                        SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
                        bool Super) {
const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();

if (!MemberName.isIdentifier()) {
  Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_invalid_property_name)
    << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0);
  return ExprError();
}

IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();

SourceRange BaseRange = Super? SourceRange(SuperLoc)
                             : BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
if (RequireCompleteType(MemberLoc, OPT->getPointeeType(),
                        diag::err_property_not_found_forward_class,
                        MemberName, BaseRange))
  return ExprError();

if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(
        Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
  // Check whether we can reference this property.
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
    return ExprError();
  if (Super)
    return new (Context)
        ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                            OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, SuperLoc, SuperType);
  else
    return new (Context)
        ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                            OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr);
}
// Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
for (const auto *I : OPT->quals())
  if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = I->FindPropertyDeclaration(
          Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
    // Check whether we can reference this property.
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
      return ExprError();

    if (Super)
      return new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(
          PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc,
          SuperLoc, SuperType);
    else
      return new (Context)
          ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                              OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr);
  }
// If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
// selector is implemented.

// FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
// shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.

Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);

// May be found in property's qualified list.
if (!Getter)
  Getter = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, OPT, true);

// If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
if (!Getter)
  Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateMethod(Sel);

if (Getter) {
  // Check if we can reference this property.
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
    return ExprError();
}
// If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
// will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Selector SetterSel =
  SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
                                         PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);

// May be found in property's qualified list.
if (!Setter)
  Setter = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(SetterSel, OPT, true);

if (!Setter) {
  // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
  // methods.
  Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateMethod(SetterSel);
}

if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
  return ExprError();

// Special warning if member name used in a property-dot for a setter accessor
// does not use a property with same name; e.g. obj.X = ... for a property with
// name 'x'.
if (Setter && Setter->isImplicit() && Setter->isPropertyAccessor() &&
    !IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(
        Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
    if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = Setter->findPropertyDecl()) {
      // Do not warn if user is using property-dot syntax to make call to
      // user named setter.
      if (!(PDecl->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter))
        Diag(MemberLoc,
             diag::warn_property_access_suggest)
        << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0) << PDecl->getName()
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(MemberLoc, PDecl->getName());
    }
}

if (Getter || Setter) {
  if (Super)
    return new (Context)
        ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                            OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, SuperLoc, SuperType);
  else
    return new (Context)
        ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                            OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr);

}

// Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
DeclFilterCCC<ObjCPropertyDecl> CCC{};
if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(
        DeclarationNameInfo(MemberName, MemberLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
        nullptr, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery, IFace, false, OPT)) {
  DeclarationName TypoResult = Corrected.getCorrection();
  if (TypoResult.isIdentifier() &&
      TypoResult.getAsIdentifierInfo() == Member) {
    // There is no need to try the correction if it is the same.
    NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
      Corrected.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Corrected.getFoundDecl();
    if (ChosenDecl && isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ChosenDecl))
      if (cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ChosenDecl)->isClassProperty()) {
        // This is a class property, we should not use the instance to
        // access it.
        Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_class_property_found) << MemberName
        << OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getName()
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
                                        OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getName());
        return ExprError();
      }
  } else {
    diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
                              << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0));
    return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
                                     TypoResult, MemberLoc,
                                     SuperLoc, SuperType, Super);
  }
}
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar =
    IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared)) {
  QualType T = Ivar->getType();
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType * OBJPT =
      T->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(MemberLoc, OBJPT->getPointeeType(),
                            diag::err_property_not_as_forward_class,
                            MemberName, BaseExpr))
      return ExprError();
  }
  Diag(MemberLoc,
       diag::err_ivar_access_using_property_syntax_suggest)
  << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0) << Ivar->getDeclName()
  << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
  return ExprError();
}

Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
  << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0);
if (Setter)
  Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable)
        << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
2030}

2032ExprResult Sema::
2033ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
                        IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
                        SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
                        SourceLocation propertyNameLoc) {

IdentifierInfo *receiverNamePtr = &receiverName;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(receiverNamePtr,
                                                receiverNameLoc);

QualType SuperType;
if (!IFace) {
  // If the "receiver" is 'super' in a method, handle it as an expression-like
  // property reference.
  if (receiverNamePtr->isStr("super")) {
    if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = tryCaptureObjCSelf(receiverNameLoc)) {
      if (auto classDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
        SuperType = QualType(classDecl->getSuperClassType(), 0);
        if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
          if (SuperType.isNull()) {
            // The current class does not have a superclass.
            Diag(receiverNameLoc, diag::err_root_class_cannot_use_super)
              << CurMethod->getClassInterface()->getIdentifier();
            return ExprError();
          }
          QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(SuperType);

          return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
                                           /*BaseExpr*/nullptr,
                                           SourceLocation()/*OpLoc*/,
                                           &propertyName,
                                           propertyNameLoc,
                                           receiverNameLoc, T, true);
        }

        // Otherwise, if this is a class method, try dispatching to our
        // superclass.
        IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()->getSuperClass();
      }
    }
  }

  if (!IFace) {
    Diag(receiverNameLoc, diag::err_expected_either) << tok::identifier
                                                     << tok::l_paren;
    return ExprError();
  }
}

Selector GetterSel;
Selector SetterSel;
if (auto PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(
        &propertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_class)) {
  GetterSel = PD->getGetterName();
  SetterSel = PD->getSetterName();
} else {
  GetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&propertyName);
  SetterSel = SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector(
      PP.getIdentifierTable(), PP.getSelectorTable(), &propertyName);
}

// Search for a declared property first.
ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(GetterSel);

// If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
if (!Getter)
  Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateClassMethod(GetterSel);

if (Getter) {
  // FIXME: refactor/share with ActOnMemberReference().
  // Check if we can reference this property.
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, propertyNameLoc))
    return ExprError();
}

// Look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
if (!Setter) {
  // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
  // methods.
  Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateClassMethod(SetterSel);
}
// Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
if (!Setter)
  Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);

if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, propertyNameLoc))
  return ExprError();

if (Getter || Setter) {
  if (!SuperType.isNull())
    return new (Context)
        ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue,
                            OK_ObjCProperty, propertyNameLoc, receiverNameLoc,
                            SuperType);

  return new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(
      Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCProperty,
      propertyNameLoc, receiverNameLoc, IFace);
}
return ExprError(Diag(propertyNameLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
                   << &propertyName << Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace));
2134}

2136namespace {

2138class ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
public:
ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC(ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
  // Determine whether "super" is acceptable in the current context.
  if (Method && Method->getClassInterface())
    WantObjCSuper = Method->getClassInterface()->getSuperClass();
}

bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
  return candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>() ||
      candidate.isKeyword("super");
}

std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
  return std::make_unique<ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC>(*this);
}
2154};

2156} // end anonymous namespace

2158Sema::ObjCMessageKind Sema::getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                             bool IsSuper,
                                             bool HasTrailingDot,
                                             ParsedType &ReceiverType) {
ReceiverType = nullptr;

// If the identifier is "super" and there is no trailing dot, we're
// messaging super. If the identifier is "super" and there is a
// trailing dot, it's an instance message.
if (IsSuper && S->isInObjcMethodScope())
  return HasTrailingDot? ObjCInstanceMessage : ObjCSuperMessage;

LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupName(Result, S);

switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
case LookupResult::NotFound:
  // Normal name lookup didn't find anything. If we're in an
  // Objective-C method, look for ivars. If we find one, we're done!
  // FIXME: This is a hack. Ivar lookup should be part of normal
  // lookup.
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) {
    if (!Method->getClassInterface()) {
      // Fall back: let the parser try to parse it as an instance message.
      return ObjCInstanceMessage;
    }

    ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
    if (Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name,
                                                            ClassDeclared))
      return ObjCInstanceMessage;
  }

  // Break out; we'll perform typo correction below.
  break;

case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
  Result.suppressDiagnostics();
  return ObjCInstanceMessage;

case LookupResult::Found: {
  // If the identifier is a class or not, and there is a trailing dot,
  // it's an instance message.
  if (HasTrailingDot)
    return ObjCInstanceMessage;
  // We found something. If it's a type, then we have a class
  // message. Otherwise, it's an instance message.
  NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
  QualType T;
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))
    T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
  else if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) {
    T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
  }
  else
    return ObjCInstanceMessage;

  //  We have a class message, and T is the type we're
  //  messaging. Build source-location information for it.
  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc);
  ReceiverType = CreateParsedType(T, TSInfo);
  return ObjCClassMessage;
}
}

ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC CCC(getCurMethodDecl());
if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(
        Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, nullptr, CCC,
        CTK_ErrorRecovery, nullptr, false, nullptr, false)) {
  if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
    // If we've found the keyword "super" (the only keyword that would be
    // returned by CorrectTypo), this is a send to super.
    diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
                 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_receiver_suggest) << Name);
    return ObjCSuperMessage;
  } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class =
                 Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) {
    // If we found a declaration, correct when it refers to an Objective-C
    // class.
    diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
                 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_receiver_suggest) << Name);
    QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
    TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc);
    ReceiverType = CreateParsedType(T, TSInfo);
    return ObjCClassMessage;
  }
}

// Fall back: let the parser try to parse it as an instance message.
return ObjCInstanceMessage;
2254}

2256ExprResult Sema::ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S,
                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                                 Selector Sel,
                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                 MultiExprArg Args) {
// Determine whether we are inside a method or not.
ObjCMethodDecl *Method = tryCaptureObjCSelf(SuperLoc);
if (!Method) {
  Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_invalid_receiver_to_message_super);
  return ExprError();
}

ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface();
if (!Class) {
  Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_no_super_class_message)
    << Method->getDeclName();
  return ExprError();
}

QualType SuperTy(Class->getSuperClassType(), 0);
if (SuperTy.isNull()) {
  // The current class does not have a superclass.
  Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_root_class_cannot_use_super)
    << Class->getIdentifier();
  return ExprError();
}

// We are in a method whose class has a superclass, so 'super'
// is acting as a keyword.
if (Method->getSelector() == Sel)
  getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;

if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
  // Since we are in an instance method, this is an instance
  // message to the superclass instance.
  SuperTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(SuperTy);
  return BuildInstanceMessage(nullptr, SuperTy, SuperLoc,
                              Sel, /*Method=*/nullptr,
                              LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc, Args);
}

// Since we are in a class method, this is a class message to
// the superclass.
return BuildClassMessage(/*ReceiverTypeInfo=*/nullptr,
                         SuperTy,
                         SuperLoc, Sel, /*Method=*/nullptr,
                         LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc, Args);
2305}

2307ExprResult Sema::BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
                                         bool isSuperReceiver,
                                         SourceLocation Loc,
                                         Selector Sel,
                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                         MultiExprArg Args) {
TypeSourceInfo *receiverTypeInfo = nullptr;
if (!ReceiverType.isNull())
  receiverTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ReceiverType);

return BuildClassMessage(receiverTypeInfo, ReceiverType,
                        /*SuperLoc=*/isSuperReceiver ? Loc : SourceLocation(),
                         Sel, Method, Loc, Loc, Loc, Args,
                         /*isImplicit=*/true);
2321}

2323static void applyCocoaAPICheck(Sema &S, const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
                             unsigned DiagID,
                             bool (*refactor)(const ObjCMessageExpr *,
                                            const NSAPI &, edit::Commit &)) {
SourceLocation MsgLoc = Msg->getExprLoc();
if (S.Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, MsgLoc))
  return;

SourceManager &SM = S.SourceMgr;
edit::Commit ECommit(SM, S.LangOpts);
if (refactor(Msg,*S.NSAPIObj, ECommit)) {
  DiagnosticBuilder Builder = S.Diag(MsgLoc, DiagID)
                      << Msg->getSelector() << Msg->getSourceRange();
  // FIXME: Don't emit diagnostic at all if fixits are non-commitable.
  if (!ECommit.isCommitable())
    return;
  for (edit::Commit::edit_iterator
         I = ECommit.edit_begin(), E = ECommit.edit_end(); I != E; ++I) {
    const edit::Commit::Edit &Edit = *I;
    switch (Edit.Kind) {
    case edit::Commit::Act_Insert:
      Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Edit.OrigLoc,
                                                      Edit.Text,
                                                      Edit.BeforePrev));
      break;
    case edit::Commit::Act_InsertFromRange:
      Builder.AddFixItHint(
          FixItHint::CreateInsertionFromRange(Edit.OrigLoc,
                                              Edit.getInsertFromRange(SM),
                                              Edit.BeforePrev));
      break;
    case edit::Commit::Act_Remove:
      Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Edit.getFileRange(SM)));
      break;
    }
  }
}
2360}

2362static void checkCocoaAPI(Sema &S, const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) {
applyCocoaAPICheck(S, Msg, diag::warn_objc_redundant_literal_use,
                   edit::rewriteObjCRedundantCallWithLiteral);
2365}

2367static void checkFoundationAPI(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                             const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType ReceiverType,
                             bool IsClassObjectCall) {
// Check if this is a performSelector method that uses a selector that returns
// a record or a vector type.
if (Method->getSelector().getMethodFamily() != OMF_performSelector ||
    Args.empty())
  return;
const auto *SE = dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Args[0]->IgnoreParens());
if (!SE)
  return;
ObjCMethodDecl *ImpliedMethod;
if (!IsClassObjectCall) {
  const auto *OPT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
  if (!OPT || !OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
    return;
  ImpliedMethod =
      OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->lookupInstanceMethod(SE->getSelector());
  if (!ImpliedMethod)
    ImpliedMethod =
        OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->lookupPrivateMethod(SE->getSelector());
} else {
  const auto *IT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
  if (!IT)
    return;
  ImpliedMethod = IT->getDecl()->lookupClassMethod(SE->getSelector());
  if (!ImpliedMethod)
    ImpliedMethod =
        IT->getDecl()->lookupPrivateClassMethod(SE->getSelector());
}
if (!ImpliedMethod)
  return;
QualType Ret = ImpliedMethod->getReturnType();
if (Ret->isRecordType() || Ret->isVectorType() || Ret->isExtVectorType()) {
  QualType Ret = ImpliedMethod->getReturnType();
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_unsafe_perform_selector)
      << Method->getSelector()
      << (!Ret->isRecordType()
              ? /*Vector*/ 2
              : Ret->isUnionType() ? /*Union*/ 1 : /*Struct*/ 0);
  S.Diag(ImpliedMethod->getBeginLoc(),
         diag::note_objc_unsafe_perform_selector_method_declared_here)
      << ImpliedMethod->getSelector() << Ret;
}
2412}

2414/// Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2415/// as formatting string to formatting method.
2416static void
2417DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(Sema &S,
                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                      Selector Sel,
                                      Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
unsigned Idx = 0;
bool Format = false;
ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = Sel.getStringFormatFamily();
if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_NSString) {
  Idx = 0;
  Format = true;
}
else if (Method) {
  for (const auto *I : Method->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
    if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
      Format = true;
      break;
    }
  }
}
if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
  return;

Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
if (ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
    dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
  StringLiteral *FormatString = OSL->getString();
  if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
    S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
      << "%s" << 0 << 0;
    if (Method)
      S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }
}
2451}

2453/// Build an Objective-C class message expression.
2454///
2455/// This routine takes care of both normal class messages and
2456/// class messages to the superclass.
2457///
2458/// \param ReceiverTypeInfo Type source information that describes the
2459/// receiver of this message. This may be NULL, in which case we are
2460/// sending to the superclass and \p SuperLoc must be a valid source
2461/// location.

2463/// \param ReceiverType The type of the object receiving the
2464/// message. When \p ReceiverTypeInfo is non-NULL, this is the same
2465/// type as that refers to. For a superclass send, this is the type of
2466/// the superclass.
2467///
2468/// \param SuperLoc The location of the "super" keyword in a
2469/// superclass message.
2470///
2471/// \param Sel The selector to which the message is being sent.
2472///
2473/// \param Method The method that this class message is invoking, if
2474/// already known.
2475///
2476/// \param LBracLoc The location of the opening square bracket ']'.
2477///
2478/// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'.
2479///
2480/// \param ArgsIn The message arguments.
2481ExprResult Sema::BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
                                 QualType ReceiverType,
                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                                 Selector Sel,
                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                 MultiExprArg ArgsIn,
                                 bool isImplicit) {
SourceLocation Loc = SuperLoc.isValid()? SuperLoc
5
←
'?' condition is false→
  : ReceiverTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange().getBegin();
if (LBracLoc.isInvalid()) {
6
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_missing_open_square_message_send)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "[");
  LBracLoc = Loc;
}
ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorSlotLocs;
if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid())
7
←
Assuming the condition is false→
  SelectorSlotLocs = SelectorLocs;
else
  SelectorSlotLocs = Loc;
SourceLocation SelLoc = SelectorSlotLocs.front();

if (ReceiverType->isDependentType()) {
8
←
Assuming the condition is false→
9
←
Taking false branch→
  // If the receiver type is dependent, we can't type-check anything
  // at this point. Build a dependent expression.
  unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size();
  Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data();
  assert(SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type")((SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperLoc.isInvalid() && \"Message to super with dependent type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2510, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ObjCMessageExpr::Create(
      Context, ReceiverType, VK_RValue, LBracLoc, ReceiverTypeInfo, Sel,
      SelectorLocs, /*Method=*/nullptr, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc,
      isImplicit);
}

// Find the class to which we are sending this message.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
const ObjCObjectType *ClassType = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
10
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectType'→
if (!ClassType || !(Class = ClassType->getInterface())) {
11
←
Assuming 'ClassType' is non-null→
12
←
Assuming pointer value is null→
13
←
Assuming 'Class' is non-null→
14
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_receiver_class_message)
    << ReceiverType;
  return ExprError();
}
assert14.1
'Class' is non-null
1
'Class' is non-null
(Class && "We don't know which class we're messaging?")((Class && "We don't know which class we're messaging?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Class && \"We don't know which class we're messaging?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2525, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
15
←
'?' condition is true→
// objc++ diagnoses during typename annotation.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16
←
Assuming field 'CPlusPlus' is not equal to 0→
17
←
Taking false branch→
  (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, SelectorSlotLocs);
// Find the method we are messaging.
if (!Method17.1
'Method' is null
1
'Method' is null
) {
18
←
Taking true branch→
  SourceRange TypeRange
    = SuperLoc.isValid()? SourceRange(SuperLoc)
19
←
'?' condition is false→
                        : ReceiverTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class),
22
←
Assuming the condition is false→
23
←
Taking false branch→
                          (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount
20
←
Assuming field 'ObjCAutoRefCount' is 0→
21
←
'?' condition is false→
                             ? diag::err_arc_receiver_forward_class
                             : diag::warn_receiver_forward_class),
                          TypeRange)) {
    // A forward class used in messaging is treated as a 'Class'
    Method = LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Sel,
                                             SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc));
    if (Method && !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_sent_forward_class)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }
  if (!Method23.1
'Method' is null
1
'Method' is null
)
24
←
Taking true branch→
    Method = Class->lookupClassMethod(Sel);

  // If we have an implementation in scope, check "private" methods.
  if (!Method)
25
←
Assuming 'Method' is null→
26
←
Taking true branch→
    Method = Class->lookupPrivateClassMethod(Sel);

  if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs,
27
←
Assuming 'Method' is null→
                                  nullptr, false, false, Class))
    return ExprError();
}

// Check the argument types and determine the result type.
QualType ReturnType;
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;

unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size();
Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data();
if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(/*Receiver=*/nullptr, ReceiverType,
28
←
Calling 'Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes'→
                              MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), Sel, SelectorLocs,
                              Method, true, SuperLoc.isValid(), LBracLoc,
                              RBracLoc, SourceRange(), ReturnType, VK))
  return ExprError();

if (Method && !Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType() &&
    RequireCompleteType(LBracLoc, Method->getReturnType(),
                        diag::err_illegal_message_expr_incomplete_type))
  return ExprError();

// Warn about explicit call of +initialize on its own class. But not on 'super'.
if (Method && Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_initialize) {
  if (!SuperLoc.isValid()) {
    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
      dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext());
    if (ID == Class) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_initialize_call);
      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
    }
  }
  else if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) {
    // [super initialize] is allowed only within an +initialize implementation
    if (CurMeth->getMethodFamily() != OMF_initialize) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_super_initialize_call);
      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
      Diag(CurMeth->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
      << CurMeth->getDeclName();
    }
  }
}

DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(*this, Method, Sel, Args, NumArgs);

// Construct the appropriate ObjCMessageExpr.
ObjCMessageExpr *Result;
if (SuperLoc.isValid())
  Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc,
                                   SuperLoc, /*IsInstanceSuper=*/false,
                                   ReceiverType, Sel, SelectorLocs,
                                   Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                                   RBracLoc, isImplicit);
else {
  Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc,
                                   ReceiverTypeInfo, Sel, SelectorLocs,
                                   Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                                   RBracLoc, isImplicit);
  if (!isImplicit)
    checkCocoaAPI(*this, Result);
}
if (Method)
  checkFoundationAPI(*this, SelLoc, Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                     ReceiverType, /*IsClassObjectCall=*/true);
return MaybeBindToTemporary(Result);
2620}

2622// ActOnClassMessage - used for both unary and keyword messages.
2623// ArgExprs is optional - if it is present, the number of expressions
2624// is obtained from Sel.getNumArgs().
2625ExprResult Sema::ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
                                 ParsedType Receiver,
                                 Selector Sel,
                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                 MultiExprArg Args) {
TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo;
QualType ReceiverType = GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, &ReceiverTypeInfo);
if (ReceiverType.isNull())
1
Taking false branch→
  return ExprError();

if (!ReceiverTypeInfo)
2
←
Assuming 'ReceiverTypeInfo' is non-null→
3
←
Taking false branch→
  ReceiverTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ReceiverType, LBracLoc);

return BuildClassMessage(ReceiverTypeInfo, ReceiverType,
4
←
Calling 'Sema::BuildClassMessage'→
                         /*SuperLoc=*/SourceLocation(), Sel,
                         /*Method=*/nullptr, LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc,
                         Args);
2644}

2646ExprResult Sema::BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
                                            QualType ReceiverType,
                                            SourceLocation Loc,
                                            Selector Sel,
                                            ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                            MultiExprArg Args) {
return BuildInstanceMessage(Receiver, ReceiverType,
                            /*SuperLoc=*/!Receiver ? Loc : SourceLocation(),
                            Sel, Method, Loc, Loc, Loc, Args,
                            /*isImplicit=*/true);
2656}

2658static bool isMethodDeclaredInRootProtocol(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *M) {
if (!S.NSAPIObj)
  return false;
const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(M->getDeclContext());
if (!Protocol)
  return false;
const IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
if (const auto *RootClass = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(
        S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, II, Protocol->getBeginLoc(),
                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName))) {
  for (const ObjCProtocolDecl *P : RootClass->all_referenced_protocols()) {
    if (P->getCanonicalDecl() == Protocol->getCanonicalDecl())
      return true;
  }
}
return false;
2674}

2676/// Build an Objective-C instance message expression.
2677///
2678/// This routine takes care of both normal instance messages and
2679/// instance messages to the superclass instance.
2680///
2681/// \param Receiver The expression that computes the object that will
2682/// receive this message. This may be empty, in which case we are
2683/// sending to the superclass instance and \p SuperLoc must be a valid
2684/// source location.
2685///
2686/// \param ReceiverType The (static) type of the object receiving the
2687/// message. When a \p Receiver expression is provided, this is the
2688/// same type as that expression. For a superclass instance send, this
2689/// is a pointer to the type of the superclass.
2690///
2691/// \param SuperLoc The location of the "super" keyword in a
2692/// superclass instance message.
2693///
2694/// \param Sel The selector to which the message is being sent.
2695///
2696/// \param Method The method that this instance message is invoking, if
2697/// already known.
2698///
2699/// \param LBracLoc The location of the opening square bracket ']'.
2700///
2701/// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'.
2702///
2703/// \param ArgsIn The message arguments.
2704ExprResult Sema::BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
                                    QualType ReceiverType,
                                    SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                                    Selector Sel,
                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                    SourceLocation LBracLoc,
                                    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
                                    SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                    MultiExprArg ArgsIn,
                                    bool isImplicit) {
assert((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the "(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the "
 "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2716, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                                           "SuperLoc must be valid so we can "(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the "
 "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2716, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                                           "use it instead.")(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the "
 "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2716, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// The location of the receiver.
SourceLocation Loc = SuperLoc.isValid() ? SuperLoc : Receiver->getBeginLoc();
SourceRange RecRange =
    SuperLoc.isValid()? SuperLoc : Receiver->getSourceRange();
ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorSlotLocs;
if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid())
  SelectorSlotLocs = SelectorLocs;
else
  SelectorSlotLocs = Loc;
SourceLocation SelLoc = SelectorSlotLocs.front();

if (LBracLoc.isInvalid()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_missing_open_square_message_send)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "[");
  LBracLoc = Loc;
}

// If we have a receiver expression, perform appropriate promotions
// and determine receiver type.
if (Receiver) {
  if (Receiver->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult Result;
    if (Receiver->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy)
      Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType());
    else
      Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Receiver);
    if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    Receiver = Result.get();
  }

  if (Receiver->isTypeDependent()) {
    // If the receiver is type-dependent, we can't type-check anything
    // at this point. Build a dependent expression.
    unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size();
    Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data();
    assert(SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type")((SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperLoc.isInvalid() && \"Message to super with dependent type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 2753, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return ObjCMessageExpr::Create(
        Context, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, LBracLoc, Receiver, Sel,
        SelectorLocs, /*Method=*/nullptr, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
        RBracLoc, isImplicit);
  }

  // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver.
  // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8].
  ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Receiver);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  Receiver = Result.get();
  ReceiverType = Receiver->getType();

  // If the receiver is an ObjC pointer, a block pointer, or an
  // __attribute__((NSObject)) pointer, we don't need to do any
  // special conversion in order to look up a receiver.
  if (ReceiverType->isObjCRetainableType()) {
    // do nothing
  } else if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
             !Context.getObjCIdType().isNull() &&
             (ReceiverType->isPointerType() ||
              ReceiverType->isIntegerType())) {
    // Implicitly convert integers and pointers to 'id' but emit a warning.
    // But not in ARC.
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_bad_receiver_type)
      << ReceiverType
      << Receiver->getSourceRange();
    if (ReceiverType->isPointerType()) {
      Receiver = ImpCastExprToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType(),
                                   CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast).get();
    } else {
      // TODO: specialized warning on null receivers?
      bool IsNull = Receiver->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                            Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
      CastKind Kind = IsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer;
      Receiver = ImpCastExprToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType(),
                                   Kind).get();
    }
    ReceiverType = Receiver->getType();
  } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    // The receiver must be a complete type.
    if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Receiver->getType(),
                            diag::err_incomplete_receiver_type))
      return ExprError();

    ExprResult result = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Receiver);
    if (result.isUsable()) {
      Receiver = result.get();
      ReceiverType = Receiver->getType();
    }
  }
}

// There's a somewhat weird interaction here where we assume that we
// won't actually have a method unless we also don't need to do some
// of the more detailed type-checking on the receiver.

if (!Method) {
  // Handle messages to id and __kindof types (where we use the
  // global method pool).
  const ObjCObjectType *typeBound = nullptr;
  bool receiverIsIdLike = ReceiverType->isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(Context,
                                                                   typeBound);
  if (receiverIsIdLike || ReceiverType->isBlockPointerType() ||
      (Receiver && Context.isObjCNSObjectType(Receiver->getType()))) {
    SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods;
    // If we have a type bound, further filter the methods.
    CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods, true/*InstanceFirst*/,
                                       true/*CheckTheOther*/, typeBound);
    if (!Methods.empty()) {
      // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try to
      // select a better one.
      Method = Methods[0];

      if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod =
          SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(), Methods))
        Method = BestMethod;

      if (!AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Method,
                                          SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc),
                                          receiverIsIdLike, Methods))
        DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs);
    }
  } else if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() ||
             ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
    // Handle messages to Class.
    // We allow sending a message to a qualified Class ("Class<foo>"), which
    // is ok as long as one of the protocols implements the selector (if not,
    // warn).
    if (!ReceiverType->isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType()) {
      const ObjCObjectPointerType *QClassTy
        = ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedClassType();
      // Search protocols for class methods.
      Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QClassTy, false);
      if (!Method) {
        Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QClassTy, true);
        // warn if instance method found for a Class message.
        if (Method && !isMethodDeclaredInRootProtocol(*this, Method)) {
          Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_instance_method_on_class_found)
            << Method->getSelector() << Sel;
          Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
            << Method->getDeclName();
        }
      }
    } else {
      if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) {
        if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface()) {
          // As a guess, try looking for the method in the current interface.
          // This very well may not produce the "right" method.

          // First check the public methods in the class interface.
          Method = ClassDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel);

          if (!Method)
            Method = ClassDecl->lookupPrivateClassMethod(Sel);

          if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs))
            return ExprError();
        }
      }
      if (!Method) {
        // If not messaging 'self', look for any factory method named 'Sel'.
        if (!Receiver || !isSelfExpr(Receiver)) {
          // If no class (factory) method was found, check if an _instance_
          // method of the same name exists in the root class only.
          SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods;
          CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods,
                                             false/*InstanceFirst*/,
                                             true/*CheckTheOther*/);
          if (!Methods.empty()) {
            // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try
            // to select a better one.
            Method = Methods[0];

            // If we find an instance method, emit warning.
            if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
              if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
                  dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())) {
                if (ID->getSuperClass())
                  Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_root_inst_method_not_found)
                      << Sel << SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc);
              }
            }

           if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod =
               SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(),
                                Methods))
             Method = BestMethod;
          }
        }
      }
    }
  } else {
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = nullptr;

    // We allow sending a message to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"), which is ok as
    // long as one of the protocols implements the selector (if not, warn).
    // And as long as message is not deprecated/unavailable (warn if it is).
    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy
                                 = ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
      // Search protocols for instance methods.
      Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QIdTy, true);
      if (!Method)
        Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QIdTy, false);
      if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs))
        return ExprError();
    } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OCIType
                 = ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
      // We allow sending a message to a pointer to an interface (an object).
      ClassDecl = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl();

      // Try to complete the type. Under ARC, this is a hard error from which
      // we don't try to recover.
      // FIXME: In the non-ARC case, this will still be a hard error if the
      // definition is found in a module that's not visible.
      const ObjCInterfaceDecl *forwardClass = nullptr;
      if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, OCIType->getPointeeType(),
            getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount
              ? diag::err_arc_receiver_forward_instance
              : diag::warn_receiver_forward_instance,
                              Receiver? Receiver->getSourceRange()
                                      : SourceRange(SuperLoc))) {
        if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
          return ExprError();

        forwardClass = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl();
        Diag(Receiver ? Receiver->getBeginLoc() : SuperLoc,
             diag::note_receiver_is_id);
        Method = nullptr;
      } else {
        Method = ClassDecl->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
      }

      if (!Method)
        // Search protocol qualifiers.
        Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, OCIType, true);

      if (!Method) {
        // If we have implementations in scope, check "private" methods.
        Method = ClassDecl->lookupPrivateMethod(Sel);

        if (!Method && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
          Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_arc_may_not_respond)
            << OCIType->getPointeeType() << Sel << RecRange
            << SourceRange(SelectorLocs.front(), SelectorLocs.back());
          return ExprError();
        }

        if (!Method && (!Receiver || !isSelfExpr(Receiver))) {
          // If we still haven't found a method, look in the global pool. This
          // behavior isn't very desirable, however we need it for GCC
          // compatibility. FIXME: should we deviate??
          if (OCIType->qual_empty()) {
            SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods;
            CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods,
                                               true/*InstanceFirst*/,
                                               false/*CheckTheOther*/);
            if (!Methods.empty()) {
              // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try
              // to select a better one.
              Method = Methods[0];

              if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod =
                  SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(),
                                   Methods))
                Method = BestMethod;

              AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Method,
                                             SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc),
                                             true/*receiverIdOrClass*/,
                                             Methods);
            }
            if (Method && !forwardClass)
              Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_maynot_respond)
                << OCIType->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()
                << Sel << RecRange;
          }
        }
      }
      if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs, forwardClass))
        return ExprError();
    } else {
      // Reject other random receiver types (e.g. structs).
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_receiver_type)
        << ReceiverType << Receiver->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }
  }
}

FunctionScopeInfo *DIFunctionScopeInfo =
  (Method && Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
    ? getEnclosingFunction() : nullptr;

if (Method && Method->isDirectMethod()) {
  if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() && !isImplicit) {
    Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(),
         diag::err_messaging_unqualified_id_with_direct_method);
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }

  if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && !isImplicit) {
    Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(),
         diag::err_messaging_class_with_direct_method);
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }

  if (SuperLoc.isValid()) {
    Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_messaging_super_with_direct_method);
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at)
        << Method->getDeclName();
  }
} else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() && !isImplicit) {
  Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_messaging_unqualified_id);
}

if (DIFunctionScopeInfo &&
    DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCIsDesignatedInit &&
    (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) {
  bool isDesignatedInitChain = false;
  if (SuperLoc.isValid()) {
    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *
          OCIType = ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
      if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl()) {
        // Either we know this is a designated initializer or we
        // conservatively assume it because we don't know for sure.
        if (!ID->declaresOrInheritsDesignatedInitializers() ||
            ID->isDesignatedInitializer(Sel)) {
          isDesignatedInitChain = true;
          DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if (!isDesignatedInitChain) {
    const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
    bool isDesignated =
      getCurMethodDecl()->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
    assert(isDesignated && InitMethod)((isDesignated && InitMethod) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isDesignated && InitMethod", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 3055, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    (void)isDesignated;
    Diag(SelLoc, SuperLoc.isValid() ?
           diag::warn_objc_designated_init_non_designated_init_call :
           diag::warn_objc_designated_init_non_super_designated_init_call);
    Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
         diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
  }
}

if (DIFunctionScopeInfo &&
    DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCIsSecondaryInit &&
    (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) {
  if (SuperLoc.isValid()) {
    Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_super_init_call);
  } else {
    DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
  }
}

// Check the message arguments.
unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size();
Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data();
QualType ReturnType;
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
bool ClassMessage = (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
                     ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType());
if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Receiver, ReceiverType,
                              MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), Sel, SelectorLocs,
                              Method, ClassMessage, SuperLoc.isValid(),
                              LBracLoc, RBracLoc, RecRange, ReturnType, VK))
  return ExprError();

if (Method && !Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType() &&
    RequireCompleteType(LBracLoc, Method->getReturnType(),
                        diag::err_illegal_message_expr_incomplete_type))
  return ExprError();

// In ARC, forbid the user from sending messages to
// retain/release/autorelease/dealloc/retainCount explicitly.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
  ObjCMethodFamily family =
    (Method ? Method->getMethodFamily() : Sel.getMethodFamily());
  switch (family) {
  case OMF_init:
    if (Method)
      checkInitMethod(Method, ReceiverType);
    break;

  case OMF_None:
  case OMF_alloc:
  case OMF_copy:
  case OMF_finalize:
  case OMF_mutableCopy:
  case OMF_new:
  case OMF_self:
  case OMF_initialize:
    break;

  case OMF_dealloc:
  case OMF_retain:
  case OMF_release:
  case OMF_autorelease:
  case OMF_retainCount:
    Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_arc_illegal_explicit_message)
      << Sel << RecRange;
    break;

  case OMF_performSelector:
    if (Method && NumArgs >= 1) {
      if (const auto *SelExp =
              dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Args[0]->IgnoreParens())) {
        Selector ArgSel = SelExp->getSelector();
        ObjCMethodDecl *SelMethod =
          LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(ArgSel,
                                           SelExp->getSourceRange());
        if (!SelMethod)
          SelMethod =
            LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(ArgSel,
                                            SelExp->getSourceRange());
        if (SelMethod) {
          ObjCMethodFamily SelFamily = SelMethod->getMethodFamily();
          switch (SelFamily) {
            case OMF_alloc:
            case OMF_copy:
            case OMF_mutableCopy:
            case OMF_new:
            case OMF_init:
              // Issue error, unless ns_returns_not_retained.
              if (!SelMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) {
                // selector names a +1 method
                Diag(SelLoc,
                     diag::err_arc_perform_selector_retains);
                Diag(SelMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
                  << SelMethod->getDeclName();
              }
              break;
            default:
              // +0 call. OK. unless ns_returns_retained.
              if (SelMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
                // selector names a +1 method
                Diag(SelLoc,
                     diag::err_arc_perform_selector_retains);
                Diag(SelMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
                  << SelMethod->getDeclName();
              }
              break;
          }
        }
      } else {
        // error (may leak).
        Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_arc_perform_selector_leaks);
        Diag(Args[0]->getExprLoc(), diag::note_used_here);
      }
    }
    break;
  }
}

DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(*this, Method, Sel, Args, NumArgs);

// Construct the appropriate ObjCMessageExpr instance.
ObjCMessageExpr *Result;
if (SuperLoc.isValid())
  Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc,
                                   SuperLoc,  /*IsInstanceSuper=*/true,
                                   ReceiverType, Sel, SelectorLocs, Method,
                                   makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc,
                                   isImplicit);
else {
  Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc,
                                   Receiver, Sel, SelectorLocs, Method,
                                   makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc,
                                   isImplicit);
  if (!isImplicit)
    checkCocoaAPI(*this, Result);
}
if (Method) {
  bool IsClassObjectCall = ClassMessage;
  // 'self' message receivers in class methods should be treated as message
  // sends to the class object in order for the semantic checks to be
  // performed correctly. Messages to 'super' already count as class messages,
  // so they don't need to be handled here.
  if (Receiver && isSelfExpr(Receiver)) {
    if (const auto *OPT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
      if (OPT->getObjectType()->isObjCClass()) {
        if (const auto *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) {
          IsClassObjectCall = true;
          ReceiverType =
              Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CurMeth->getClassInterface());
        }
      }
    }
  }
  checkFoundationAPI(*this, SelLoc, Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                     ReceiverType, IsClassObjectCall);
}

if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
  // In ARC, annotate delegate init calls.
  if (Result->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init &&
      (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) {
    // Only consider init calls *directly* in init implementations,
    // not within blocks.
    ObjCMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext);
    if (method && method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) {
      // The implicit assignment to self means we also don't want to
      // consume the result.
      Result->setDelegateInitCall(true);
      return Result;
    }
  }

  // In ARC, check for message sends which are likely to introduce
  // retain cycles.
  checkRetainCycles(Result);
}

if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) {
  if (!isImplicit && Method) {
    if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Method->findPropertyDecl()) {
      bool IsWeak =
        Prop->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak;
      if (!IsWeak && Sel.isUnarySelector())
        IsWeak = ReturnType.getObjCLifetime() & Qualifiers::OCL_Weak;
      if (IsWeak && !isUnevaluatedContext() &&
          !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, LBracLoc))
        getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result, Prop);
    }
  }
}

CheckObjCCircularContainer(Result);

return MaybeBindToTemporary(Result);
3250}

3252static void RemoveSelectorFromWarningCache(Sema &S, Expr* Arg) {
if (ObjCSelectorExpr *OSE =
    dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
  Selector Sel = OSE->getSelector();
  SourceLocation Loc = OSE->getAtLoc();
  auto Pos = S.ReferencedSelectors.find(Sel);
  if (Pos != S.ReferencedSelectors.end() && Pos->second == Loc)
    S.ReferencedSelectors.erase(Pos);
}
3261}

3263// ActOnInstanceMessage - used for both unary and keyword messages.
3264// ArgExprs is optional - if it is present, the number of expressions
3265// is obtained from Sel.getNumArgs().
3266ExprResult Sema::ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
                                    Expr *Receiver,
                                    Selector Sel,
                                    SourceLocation LBracLoc,
                                    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
                                    SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                    MultiExprArg Args) {
if (!Receiver)
  return ExprError();

// A ParenListExpr can show up while doing error recovery with invalid code.
if (isa<ParenListExpr>(Receiver)) {
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Receiver);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Receiver = Result.get();
}

if (RespondsToSelectorSel.isNull()) {
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get("respondsToSelector");
  RespondsToSelectorSel = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId);
}
if (Sel == RespondsToSelectorSel)
  RemoveSelectorFromWarningCache(*this, Args[0]);

return BuildInstanceMessage(Receiver, Receiver->getType(),
                            /*SuperLoc=*/SourceLocation(), Sel,
                            /*Method=*/nullptr, LBracLoc, SelectorLocs,
                            RBracLoc, Args);
3294}

3296enum ARCConversionTypeClass {
/// int, void, struct A
ACTC_none,

/// id, void (^)()
ACTC_retainable,

/// id*, id***, void (^*)(),
ACTC_indirectRetainable,

/// void* might be a normal C type, or it might a CF type.
ACTC_voidPtr,

/// struct A*
ACTC_coreFoundation
3311};

3313static bool isAnyRetainable(ARCConversionTypeClass ACTC) {
return (ACTC == ACTC_retainable ||
        ACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation ||
        ACTC == ACTC_voidPtr);
3317}

3319static bool isAnyCLike(ARCConversionTypeClass ACTC) {
return ACTC == ACTC_none ||
       ACTC == ACTC_voidPtr ||
       ACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation;
3323}

3325static ARCConversionTypeClass classifyTypeForARCConversion(QualType type) {
bool isIndirect = false;

// Ignore an outermost reference type.
if (const ReferenceType *ref = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
  type = ref->getPointeeType();
  isIndirect = true;
}

// Drill through pointers and arrays recursively.
while (true) {
  if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    type = ptr->getPointeeType();

    // The first level of pointer may be the innermost pointer on a CF type.
    if (!isIndirect) {
      if (type->isVoidType()) return ACTC_voidPtr;
      if (type->isRecordType()) return ACTC_coreFoundation;
    }
  } else if (const ArrayType *array = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
    type = QualType(array->getElementType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
  } else {
    break;
  }
  isIndirect = true;
}

if (isIndirect) {
  if (type->isObjCARCBridgableType())
    return ACTC_indirectRetainable;
  return ACTC_none;
}

if (type->isObjCARCBridgableType())
  return ACTC_retainable;

return ACTC_none;
3362}

3364namespace {
/// A result from the cast checker.
enum ACCResult {
  /// Cannot be casted.
  ACC_invalid,

  /// Can be safely retained or not retained.
  ACC_bottom,

  /// Can be casted at +0.
  ACC_plusZero,

  /// Can be casted at +1.
  ACC_plusOne
};
ACCResult merge(ACCResult left, ACCResult right) {
  if (left == right) return left;
  if (left == ACC_bottom) return right;
  if (right == ACC_bottom) return left;
  return ACC_invalid;
}

/// A checker which white-lists certain expressions whose conversion
/// to or from retainable type would otherwise be forbidden in ARC.
class ARCCastChecker : public StmtVisitor<ARCCastChecker, ACCResult> {
  typedef StmtVisitor<ARCCastChecker, ACCResult> super;

  ASTContext &Context;
  ARCConversionTypeClass SourceClass;
  ARCConversionTypeClass TargetClass;
  bool Diagnose;

  static bool isCFType(QualType type) {
    // Someday this can use ns_bridged.  For now, it has to do this.
    return type->isCARCBridgableType();
  }

public:
  ARCCastChecker(ASTContext &Context, ARCConversionTypeClass source,
                 ARCConversionTypeClass target, bool diagnose)
    : Context(Context), SourceClass(source), TargetClass(target),
      Diagnose(diagnose) {}

  using super::Visit;
  ACCResult Visit(Expr *e) {
    return super::Visit(e->IgnoreParens());
  }

  ACCResult VisitStmt(Stmt *s) {
    return ACC_invalid;
  }

  /// Null pointer constants can be casted however you please.
  ACCResult VisitExpr(Expr *e) {
    if (e->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
      return ACC_bottom;
    return ACC_invalid;
  }

  /// Objective-C string literals can be safely casted.
  ACCResult VisitObjCStringLiteral(ObjCStringLiteral *e) {
    // If we're casting to any retainable type, go ahead.  Global
    // strings are immune to retains, so this is bottom.
    if (isAnyRetainable(TargetClass)) return ACC_bottom;

    return ACC_invalid;
  }

  /// Look through certain implicit and explicit casts.
  ACCResult VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *e) {
    switch (e->getCastKind()) {
      case CK_NullToPointer:
        return ACC_bottom;

      case CK_NoOp:
      case CK_LValueToRValue:
      case CK_BitCast:
      case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
      case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
      case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
        return Visit(e->getSubExpr());

      default:
        return ACC_invalid;
    }
  }

  /// Look through unary extension.
  ACCResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *e) {
    return Visit(e->getSubExpr());
  }

  /// Ignore the LHS of a comma operator.
  ACCResult VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *e) {
    return Visit(e->getRHS());
  }

  /// Conditional operators are okay if both sides are okay.
  ACCResult VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *e) {
    ACCResult left = Visit(e->getTrueExpr());
    if (left == ACC_invalid) return ACC_invalid;
    return merge(left, Visit(e->getFalseExpr()));
  }

  /// Look through pseudo-objects.
  ACCResult VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *e) {
    // If we're getting here, we should always have a result.
    return Visit(e->getResultExpr());
  }

  /// Statement expressions are okay if their result expression is okay.
  ACCResult VisitStmtExpr(StmtExpr *e) {
    return Visit(e->getSubStmt()->body_back());
  }

  /// Some declaration references are okay.
  ACCResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *e) {
    VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(e->getDecl());
    // References to global constants are okay.
    if (isAnyRetainable(TargetClass) &&
        isAnyRetainable(SourceClass) &&
        var &&
        !var->hasDefinition(Context) &&
        var->getType().isConstQualified()) {

      // In system headers, they can also be assumed to be immune to retains.
      // These are things like 'kCFStringTransformToLatin'.
      if (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(var->getLocation()))
        return ACC_bottom;

      return ACC_plusZero;
    }

    // Nothing else.
    return ACC_invalid;
  }

  /// Some calls are okay.
  ACCResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *e) {
    if (FunctionDecl *fn = e->getDirectCallee())
      if (ACCResult result = checkCallToFunction(fn))
        return result;

    return super::VisitCallExpr(e);
  }

  ACCResult checkCallToFunction(FunctionDecl *fn) {
    // Require a CF*Ref return type.
    if (!isCFType(fn->getReturnType()))
      return ACC_invalid;

    if (!isAnyRetainable(TargetClass))
      return ACC_invalid;

    // Honor an explicit 'not retained' attribute.
    if (fn->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>())
      return ACC_plusZero;

    // Honor an explicit 'retained' attribute, except that for
    // now we're not going to permit implicit handling of +1 results,
    // because it's a bit frightening.
    if (fn->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>())
      return Diagnose ? ACC_plusOne
                      : ACC_invalid; // ACC_plusOne if we start accepting this

    // Recognize this specific builtin function, which is used by CFSTR.
    unsigned builtinID = fn->getBuiltinID();
    if (builtinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString)
      return ACC_bottom;

    // Otherwise, don't do anything implicit with an unaudited function.
    if (!fn->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>())
      return ACC_invalid;

    // Otherwise, it's +0 unless it follows the create convention.
    if (ento::coreFoundation::followsCreateRule(fn))
      return Diagnose ? ACC_plusOne
                      : ACC_invalid; // ACC_plusOne if we start accepting this

    return ACC_plusZero;
  }

  ACCResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *e) {
    return checkCallToMethod(e->getMethodDecl());
  }

  ACCResult VisitObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *e) {
    ObjCMethodDecl *method;
    if (e->isExplicitProperty())
      method = e->getExplicitProperty()->getGetterMethodDecl();
    else
      method = e->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
    return checkCallToMethod(method);
  }

  ACCResult checkCallToMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
    if (!method) return ACC_invalid;

    // Check for message sends to functions returning CF types.  We
    // just obey the Cocoa conventions with these, even though the
    // return type is CF.
    if (!isAnyRetainable(TargetClass) || !isCFType(method->getReturnType()))
      return ACC_invalid;

    // If the method is explicitly marked not-retained, it's +0.
    if (method->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>())
      return ACC_plusZero;

    // If the method is explicitly marked as returning retained, or its
    // selector follows a +1 Cocoa convention, treat it as +1.
    if (method->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>())
      return ACC_plusOne;

    switch (method->getSelector().getMethodFamily()) {
    case OMF_alloc:
    case OMF_copy:
    case OMF_mutableCopy:
    case OMF_new:
      return ACC_plusOne;

    default:
      // Otherwise, treat it as +0.
      return ACC_plusZero;
    }
  }
};
3590} // end anonymous namespace

3592bool Sema::isKnownName(StringRef name) {
if (name.empty())
  return false;
LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(name), SourceLocation(),
               Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
return LookupName(R, TUScope, false);
3598}

3600static void addFixitForObjCARCConversion(Sema &S,
                                       DiagnosticBuilder &DiagB,
                                       Sema::CheckedConversionKind CCK,
                                       SourceLocation afterLParen,
                                       QualType castType,
                                       Expr *castExpr,
                                       Expr *realCast,
                                       const char *bridgeKeyword,
                                       const char *CFBridgeName) {
// We handle C-style and implicit casts here.
switch (CCK) {
case Sema::CCK_ImplicitConversion:
case Sema::CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp:
case Sema::CCK_CStyleCast:
case Sema::CCK_OtherCast:
  break;
case Sema::CCK_FunctionalCast:
  return;
}

if (CFBridgeName) {
  if (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast) {
    if (const CXXNamedCastExpr *NCE = dyn_cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(realCast)) {
      SourceRange range(NCE->getOperatorLoc(),
                        NCE->getAngleBrackets().getEnd());
      SmallString<32> BridgeCall;

      SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager();
      char PrevChar = *SM.getCharacterData(range.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1));
      if (Lexer::isIdentifierBodyChar(PrevChar, S.getLangOpts()))
        BridgeCall += ' ';

      BridgeCall += CFBridgeName;
      DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(range, BridgeCall));
    }
    return;
  }
  Expr *castedE = castExpr;
  if (CStyleCastExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(castedE))
    castedE = CCE->getSubExpr();
  castedE = castedE->IgnoreImpCasts();
  SourceRange range = castedE->getSourceRange();

  SmallString<32> BridgeCall;

  SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager();
  char PrevChar = *SM.getCharacterData(range.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1));
  if (Lexer::isIdentifierBodyChar(PrevChar, S.getLangOpts()))
    BridgeCall += ' ';

  BridgeCall += CFBridgeName;

  if (isa<ParenExpr>(castedE)) {
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(),
                       BridgeCall));
  } else {
    BridgeCall += '(';
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(),
                                                  BridgeCall));
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
                                     S.getLocForEndOfToken(range.getEnd()),
                                     ")"));
  }
  return;
}

if (CCK == Sema::CCK_CStyleCast) {
  DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(afterLParen, bridgeKeyword));
} else if (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast) {
  if (const CXXNamedCastExpr *NCE = dyn_cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(realCast)) {
    std::string castCode = "(";
    castCode += bridgeKeyword;
    castCode += castType.getAsString();
    castCode += ")";
    SourceRange Range(NCE->getOperatorLoc(),
                      NCE->getAngleBrackets().getEnd());
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, castCode));
  }
} else {
  std::string castCode = "(";
  castCode += bridgeKeyword;
  castCode += castType.getAsString();
  castCode += ")";
  Expr *castedE = castExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
  SourceRange range = castedE->getSourceRange();
  if (isa<ParenExpr>(castedE)) {
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(),
                       castCode));
  } else {
    castCode += "(";
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(),
                                                  castCode));
    DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
                                     S.getLocForEndOfToken(range.getEnd()),
                                     ")"));
  }
}
3697}

3699template <typename T>
3700static inline T *getObjCBridgeAttr(const TypedefType *TD) {
TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl();
QualType QT = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType();
if (QT->isPointerType()) {
  QT = QT->getPointeeType();
  if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>())
    if (RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getMostRecentDecl())
      return RD->getAttr<T>();
}
return nullptr;
3710}

3712static ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(QualType T,
                                                          TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl) {
while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
  TDNDecl = TD->getDecl();
  if (ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBAttr =
      getObjCBridgeAttr<ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr>(TD))
    return ObjCBAttr;
  T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType();
}
return nullptr;
3722}

3724static void
3725diagnoseObjCARCConversion(Sema &S, SourceRange castRange,
                        QualType castType, ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC,
                        Expr *castExpr, Expr *realCast,
                        ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC,
                        Sema::CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
SourceLocation loc =
  (castRange.isValid() ? castRange.getBegin() : castExpr->getExprLoc());

if (S.makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(loc,
                               UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenConversion))
  return;

QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
// Defer emitting a diagnostic for bridge-related casts; that will be
// handled by CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions.
TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = nullptr;
if ((castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation &&  exprACTC == ACTC_retainable &&
     ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(castType, TDNDecl)) ||
    (exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && castACTC == ACTC_retainable &&
     ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(castExprType, TDNDecl)))
  return;

unsigned srcKind = 0;
switch (exprACTC) {
case ACTC_none:
case ACTC_coreFoundation:
case ACTC_voidPtr:
  srcKind = (castExprType->isPointerType() ? 1 : 0);
  break;
case ACTC_retainable:
  srcKind = (castExprType->isBlockPointerType() ? 2 : 3);
  break;
case ACTC_indirectRetainable:
  srcKind = 4;
  break;
}

// Check whether this could be fixed with a bridge cast.
SourceLocation afterLParen = S.getLocForEndOfToken(castRange.getBegin());
SourceLocation noteLoc = afterLParen.isValid() ? afterLParen : loc;

unsigned convKindForDiag = Sema::isCast(CCK) ? 0 : 1;

// Bridge from an ARC type to a CF type.
if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(exprACTC)) {

  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_cast_requires_bridge)
    << convKindForDiag
    << 2 // of C pointer type
    << castExprType
    << unsigned(castType->isBlockPointerType()) // to ObjC|block type
    << castType
    << castRange
    << castExpr->getSourceRange();
  bool br = S.isKnownName("CFBridgingRelease");
  ACCResult CreateRule =
    ARCCastChecker(S.Context, exprACTC, castACTC, true).Visit(castExpr);
  assert(CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted.")((CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CreateRule != ACC_bottom && \"This cast should already be accepted.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 3782, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (CreateRule != ACC_plusOne)
  {
    DiagnosticBuilder DiagB =
      (CCK != Sema::CCK_OtherCast) ? S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge)
                            : S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge);

    addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen,
                                 castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge ",
                                 nullptr);
  }
  if (CreateRule != ACC_plusZero)
  {
    DiagnosticBuilder DiagB =
      (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast && !br) ?
        S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge_transfer) << castExprType :
        S.Diag(br ? castExpr->getExprLoc() : noteLoc,
               diag::note_arc_bridge_transfer)
          << castExprType << br;

    addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen,
                                 castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge_transfer ",
                                 br ? "CFBridgingRelease" : nullptr);
  }

  return;
}

// Bridge from a CF type to an ARC type.
if (exprACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(castACTC)) {
  bool br = S.isKnownName("CFBridgingRetain");
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_cast_requires_bridge)
    << convKindForDiag
    << unsigned(castExprType->isBlockPointerType()) // of ObjC|block type
    << castExprType
    << 2 // to C pointer type
    << castType
    << castRange
    << castExpr->getSourceRange();
  ACCResult CreateRule =
    ARCCastChecker(S.Context, exprACTC, castACTC, true).Visit(castExpr);
  assert(CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted.")((CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CreateRule != ACC_bottom && \"This cast should already be accepted.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 3823, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (CreateRule != ACC_plusOne)
  {
    DiagnosticBuilder DiagB =
    (CCK != Sema::CCK_OtherCast) ? S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge)
                             : S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge);
    addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen,
                                 castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge ",
                                 nullptr);
  }
  if (CreateRule != ACC_plusZero)
  {
    DiagnosticBuilder DiagB =
      (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast && !br) ?
        S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge_retained) << castType :
        S.Diag(br ? castExpr->getExprLoc() : noteLoc,
               diag::note_arc_bridge_retained)
          << castType << br;

    addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen,
                                 castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge_retained ",
                                 br ? "CFBridgingRetain" : nullptr);
  }

  return;
}

S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_mismatched_cast)
  << !convKindForDiag
  << srcKind << castExprType << castType
  << castRange << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3854}

3856template <typename TB>
3857static bool CheckObjCBridgeNSCast(Sema &S, QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
                                bool &HadTheAttribute, bool warn) {
QualType T = castExpr->getType();
HadTheAttribute = false;
while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
  TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl();
  if (TB *ObjCBAttr = getObjCBridgeAttr<TB>(TD)) {
    if (IdentifierInfo *Parm = ObjCBAttr->getBridgedType()) {
      HadTheAttribute = true;
      if (Parm->isStr("id"))
        return true;

      NamedDecl *Target = nullptr;
      // Check for an existing type with this name.
      LookupResult R(S, DeclarationName(Parm), SourceLocation(),
                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
      if (S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope)) {
        Target = R.getFoundDecl();
        if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target)) {
          ObjCInterfaceDecl *ExprClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target);
          if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *InterfacePointerType =
                castType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
            ObjCInterfaceDecl *CastClass
              = InterfacePointerType->getObjectType()->getInterface();
            if ((CastClass == ExprClass) ||
                (CastClass && CastClass->isSuperClassOf(ExprClass)))
              return true;
            if (warn)
              S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge)
                  << T << Target->getName() << castType->getPointeeType();
            return false;
          } else if (castType->isObjCIdType() ||
                     (S.Context.ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(
                        castType, ExprClass)))
            // ok to cast to 'id'.
            // casting to id<p-list> is ok if bridge type adopts all of
            // p-list protocols.
            return true;
          else {
            if (warn) {
              S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge)
                  << T << Target->getName() << castType;
              S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
              S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
            }
            return false;
         }
        }
      } else if (!castType->isObjCIdType()) {
        S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(),
               diag::err_objc_cf_bridged_not_interface)
            << castExpr->getType() << Parm;
        S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
        if (Target)
          S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
      }
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType();
}
return true;
3920}

3922template <typename TB>
3923static bool CheckObjCBridgeCFCast(Sema &S, QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
                                bool &HadTheAttribute, bool warn) {
QualType T = castType;
HadTheAttribute = false;
while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
  TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl();
  if (TB *ObjCBAttr = getObjCBridgeAttr<TB>(TD)) {
    if (IdentifierInfo *Parm = ObjCBAttr->getBridgedType()) {
      HadTheAttribute = true;
      if (Parm->isStr("id"))
        return true;

      NamedDecl *Target = nullptr;
      // Check for an existing type with this name.
      LookupResult R(S, DeclarationName(Parm), SourceLocation(),
                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
      if (S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope)) {
        Target = R.getFoundDecl();
        if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target)) {
          ObjCInterfaceDecl *CastClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target);
          if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *InterfacePointerType =
                castExpr->getType()->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
            ObjCInterfaceDecl *ExprClass
              = InterfacePointerType->getObjectType()->getInterface();
            if ((CastClass == ExprClass) ||
                (ExprClass && CastClass->isSuperClassOf(ExprClass)))
              return true;
            if (warn) {
              S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(),
                     diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge_to_cf)
                  << castExpr->getType()->getPointeeType() << T;
              S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
            }
            return false;
          } else if (castExpr->getType()->isObjCIdType() ||
                     (S.Context.QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(
                        castExpr->getType(), CastClass)))
            // ok to cast an 'id' expression to a CFtype.
            // ok to cast an 'id<plist>' expression to CFtype provided plist
            // adopts all of CFtype's ObjetiveC's class plist.
            return true;
          else {
            if (warn) {
              S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(),
                     diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge_to_cf)
                  << castExpr->getType() << castType;
              S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
              S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
            }
            return false;
          }
        }
      }
      S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(),
             diag::err_objc_ns_bridged_invalid_cfobject)
          << castExpr->getType() << castType;
      S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
      if (Target)
        S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType();
}
return true;
3989}

3991void Sema::CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr) {
if (!getLangOpts().ObjC)
  return;
// warn in presence of __bridge casting to or from a toll free bridge cast.
ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType());
ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType);
if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) {
  bool HasObjCBridgeAttr;
  bool ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn =
    CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr,
                                          false);
  if (ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeAttr)
    return;
  bool HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr;
  bool ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn =
    CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr,
                                                 HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, false);
  if (ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr)
    return;

  if (HasObjCBridgeAttr)
    CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr,
                                          true);
  else if (HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr)
    CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr,
                                                 HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, true);
}
else if (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && exprACTC == ACTC_retainable) {
  bool HasObjCBridgeAttr;
  bool ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn =
    CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr,
                                          false);
  if (ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeAttr)
    return;
  bool HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr;
  bool ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn =
    CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr,
                                                 HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, false);
  if (ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr)
    return;

  if (HasObjCBridgeAttr)
    CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr,
                                          true);
  else if (HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr)
    CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr,
                                                 HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, true);
}
4039}

4041void Sema::CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr) {
QualType SrcType = castExpr->getType();
if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(castExpr)) {
  if (PRE->isExplicitProperty()) {
    if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PRE->getExplicitProperty())
      SrcType = PDecl->getType();
  }
  else if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
    if (ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter())
      SrcType = Getter->getReturnType();
  }
}

ARCConversionTypeClass srcExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(SrcType);
ARCConversionTypeClass castExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType);
if (srcExprACTC != ACTC_retainable || castExprACTC != ACTC_coreFoundation)
  return;
CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), castType, SrcType,
                                  castExpr);
4060}

4062bool Sema::CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
                                       CastKind &Kind) {
if (!getLangOpts().ObjC)
  return false;
ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC =
  classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType());
ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType);
if ((castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) ||
    (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && exprACTC == ACTC_retainable)) {
  CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, castExpr);
  Kind = (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) ? CK_BitCast
                                           : CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
  return true;
}
return false;
4077}

4079bool Sema::checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
                                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
                                          ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
                                          ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
                                          TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
                                          bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose) {
QualType T = CfToNs ? SrcType : DestType;
ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBAttr = ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(T, TDNDecl);
if (!ObjCBAttr)
  return false;

IdentifierInfo *RCId = ObjCBAttr->getRelatedClass();
IdentifierInfo *CMId = ObjCBAttr->getClassMethod();
IdentifierInfo *IMId = ObjCBAttr->getInstanceMethod();
if (!RCId)
  return false;
NamedDecl *Target = nullptr;
// Check for an existing type with this name.
LookupResult R(*this, DeclarationName(RCId), SourceLocation(),
               Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
if (!LookupName(R, TUScope)) {
  if (Diagnose) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_invalid_class) << RCId
          << SrcType << DestType;
    Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
  }
  return false;
}
Target = R.getFoundDecl();
if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target))
  RelatedClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target);
else {
  if (Diagnose) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_invalid_class_name) << RCId
          << SrcType << DestType;
    Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
    if (Target)
      Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
  }
  return false;
}

// Check for an existing class method with the given selector name.
if (CfToNs && CMId) {
  Selector Sel = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(CMId);
  ClassMethod = RelatedClass->lookupMethod(Sel, false);
  if (!ClassMethod) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method)
            << SrcType << DestType << Sel << false;
      Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
    }
    return false;
  }
}

// Check for an existing instance method with the given selector name.
if (!CfToNs && IMId) {
  Selector Sel = Context.Selectors.getNullarySelector(IMId);
  InstanceMethod = RelatedClass->lookupMethod(Sel, true);
  if (!InstanceMethod) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method)
            << SrcType << DestType << Sel << true;
      Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
    }
    return false;
  }
}
return true;
4150}

4152bool
4153Sema::CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
                                      QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
                                      Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose) {
ARCConversionTypeClass rhsExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(SrcType);
ARCConversionTypeClass lhsExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(DestType);
bool CfToNs = (rhsExprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && lhsExprACTC == ACTC_retainable);
bool NsToCf = (rhsExprACTC == ACTC_retainable && lhsExprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation);
if (!CfToNs && !NsToCf)
  return false;

ObjCInterfaceDecl *RelatedClass;
ObjCMethodDecl *ClassMethod = nullptr;
ObjCMethodDecl *InstanceMethod = nullptr;
TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = nullptr;
if (!checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(Loc, DestType, SrcType, RelatedClass,
                                      ClassMethod, InstanceMethod, TDNDecl,
                                      CfToNs, Diagnose))
  return false;

if (CfToNs) {
  // Implicit conversion from CF to ObjC object is needed.
  if (ClassMethod) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      std::string ExpressionString = "[";
      ExpressionString += RelatedClass->getNameAsString();
      ExpressionString += " ";
      ExpressionString += ClassMethod->getSelector().getAsString();
      SourceLocation SrcExprEndLoc =
          getLocForEndOfToken(SrcExpr->getEndLoc());
      // Provide a fixit: [RelatedClass ClassMethod SrcExpr]
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method)
          << SrcType << DestType << ClassMethod->getSelector() << false
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(),
                                        ExpressionString)
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, "]");
      Diag(RelatedClass->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
      Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);

      QualType receiverType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(RelatedClass);
      // Argument.
      Expr *args[] = { SrcExpr };
      ExprResult msg = BuildClassMessageImplicit(receiverType, false,
                                    ClassMethod->getLocation(),
                                    ClassMethod->getSelector(), ClassMethod,
                                    MultiExprArg(args, 1));
      SrcExpr = msg.get();
    }
    return true;
  }
}
else {
  // Implicit conversion from ObjC type to CF object is needed.
  if (InstanceMethod) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      std::string ExpressionString;
      SourceLocation SrcExprEndLoc =
          getLocForEndOfToken(SrcExpr->getEndLoc());
      if (InstanceMethod->isPropertyAccessor())
        if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl =
                InstanceMethod->findPropertyDecl()) {
          // fixit: ObjectExpr.propertyname when it is  aproperty accessor.
          ExpressionString = ".";
          ExpressionString += PDecl->getNameAsString();
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method)
              << SrcType << DestType << InstanceMethod->getSelector() << true
              << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, ExpressionString);
        }
      if (ExpressionString.empty()) {
        // Provide a fixit: [ObjectExpr InstanceMethod]
        ExpressionString = " ";
        ExpressionString += InstanceMethod->getSelector().getAsString();
        ExpressionString += "]";

        Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method)
            << SrcType << DestType << InstanceMethod->getSelector() << true
            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "[")
            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, ExpressionString);
      }
      Diag(RelatedClass->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);
      Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at);

      ExprResult msg =
        BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(SrcExpr, SrcType,
                                     InstanceMethod->getLocation(),
                                     InstanceMethod->getSelector(),
                                     InstanceMethod, None);
      SrcExpr = msg.get();
    }
    return true;
  }
}
return false;
4245}

4247Sema::ARCConversionResult
4248Sema::CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, QualType castType,
                        Expr *&castExpr, CheckedConversionKind CCK,
                        bool Diagnose, bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();

// For the purposes of the classification, we assume reference types
// will bind to temporaries.
QualType effCastType = castType;
if (const ReferenceType *ref = castType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  effCastType = ref->getPointeeType();

ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExprType);
ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(effCastType);
if (exprACTC == castACTC) {
  // Check for viability and report error if casting an rvalue to a
  // life-time qualifier.
  if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable &&
      (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_OtherCast) &&
      castType != castExprType) {
    const Type *DT = castType.getTypePtr();
    QualType QDT = castType;
    // We desugar some types but not others. We ignore those
    // that cannot happen in a cast; i.e. auto, and those which
    // should not be de-sugared; i.e typedef.
    if (const ParenType *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(DT))
      QDT = PT->desugar();
    else if (const TypeOfType *TP = dyn_cast<TypeOfType>(DT))
      QDT = TP->desugar();
    else if (const AttributedType *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(DT))
      QDT = AT->desugar();
    if (QDT != castType &&
        QDT.getObjCLifetime() !=  Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
      if (Diagnose) {
        SourceLocation loc = (castRange.isValid() ? castRange.getBegin()
                                                  : castExpr->getExprLoc());
        Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_nolifetime_behavior);
      }
      return ACR_error;
    }
  }
  return ACR_okay;
}

// The life-time qualifier cast check above is all we need for ObjCWeak.
// ObjCAutoRefCount has more restrictions on what is legal.
if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  return ACR_okay;

if (isAnyCLike(exprACTC) && isAnyCLike(castACTC)) return ACR_okay;

// Allow all of these types to be cast to integer types (but not
// vice-versa).
if (castACTC == ACTC_none && castType->isIntegralType(Context))
  return ACR_okay;

// Allow casts between pointers to lifetime types (e.g., __strong id*)
// and pointers to void (e.g., cv void *). Casting from void* to lifetime*
// must be explicit.
if (exprACTC == ACTC_indirectRetainable && castACTC == ACTC_voidPtr)
  return ACR_okay;
if (castACTC == ACTC_indirectRetainable && exprACTC == ACTC_voidPtr &&
    isCast(CCK))
  return ACR_okay;

switch (ARCCastChecker(Context, exprACTC, castACTC, false).Visit(castExpr)) {
// For invalid casts, fall through.
case ACC_invalid:
  break;

// Do nothing for both bottom and +0.
case ACC_bottom:
case ACC_plusZero:
  return ACR_okay;

// If the result is +1, consume it here.
case ACC_plusOne:
  castExpr = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, castExpr->getType(),
                                      CK_ARCConsumeObject, castExpr,
                                      nullptr, VK_RValue);
  Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
  return ACR_okay;
}

// If this is a non-implicit cast from id or block type to a
// CoreFoundation type, delay complaining in case the cast is used
// in an acceptable context.
if (exprACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(castACTC) && isCast(CCK))
  return ACR_unbridged;

// Issue a diagnostic about a missing @-sign when implicit casting a cstring
// to 'NSString *', instead of falling through to report a "bridge cast"
// diagnostic.
if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_none &&
    ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(castType, castExpr, Diagnose))
  return ACR_error;

// Do not issue "bridge cast" diagnostic when implicit casting
// a retainable object to a CF type parameter belonging to an audited
// CF API function. Let caller issue a normal type mismatched diagnostic
// instead.
if ((!DiagnoseCFAudited || exprACTC != ACTC_retainable ||
     castACTC != ACTC_coreFoundation) &&
    !(exprACTC == ACTC_voidPtr && castACTC == ACTC_retainable &&
      (Opc == BO_NE || Opc == BO_EQ))) {
  if (Diagnose)
    diagnoseObjCARCConversion(*this, castRange, castType, castACTC, castExpr,
                              castExpr, exprACTC, CCK);
  return ACR_error;
}
return ACR_okay;
4359}

4361/// Given that we saw an expression with the ARCUnbridgedCastTy
4362/// placeholder type, complain bitterly.
4363void Sema::diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e) {
// We expect the spurious ImplicitCastExpr to already have been stripped.
assert(!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
CastExpr *realCast = cast<CastExpr>(e->IgnoreParens());

SourceRange castRange;
QualType castType;
CheckedConversionKind CCK;

if (CStyleCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(realCast)) {
  castRange = SourceRange(cast->getLParenLoc(), cast->getRParenLoc());
  castType = cast->getTypeAsWritten();
  CCK = CCK_CStyleCast;
} else if (ExplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(realCast)) {
  castRange = cast->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  castType = cast->getTypeAsWritten();
  CCK = CCK_OtherCast;
} else {
  llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ImplicitCastExpr")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected ImplicitCastExpr"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4381);
}

ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC =
  classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType.getNonReferenceType());

Expr *castExpr = realCast->getSubExpr();
assert(classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable)((classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4388, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

diagnoseObjCARCConversion(*this, castRange, castType, castACTC,
                          castExpr, realCast, ACTC_retainable, CCK);
4392}

4394/// stripARCUnbridgedCast - Given an expression of ARCUnbridgedCast
4395/// type, remove the placeholder cast.
4396Expr *Sema::stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e) {
assert(e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

if (ParenExpr *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(e)) {
  Expr *sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(pe->getSubExpr());
  return new (Context) ParenExpr(pe->getLParen(), pe->getRParen(), sub);
} else if (UnaryOperator *uo = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(e)) {
  assert(uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension)((uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Expr *sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(uo->getSubExpr());
  return new (Context)
      UnaryOperator(sub, UO_Extension, sub->getType(), sub->getValueKind(),
                    sub->getObjectKind(), uo->getOperatorLoc(), false);
} else if (GenericSelectionExpr *gse = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(e)) {
  assert(!gse->isResultDependent())((!gse->isResultDependent()) ? static_cast<void> (0)
 : __assert_fail ("!gse->isResultDependent()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  unsigned n = gse->getNumAssocs();
  SmallVector<Expr *, 4> subExprs;
  SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> subTypes;
  subExprs.reserve(n);
  subTypes.reserve(n);
  for (const GenericSelectionExpr::Association assoc : gse->associations()) {
    subTypes.push_back(assoc.getTypeSourceInfo());
    Expr *sub = assoc.getAssociationExpr();
    if (assoc.isSelected())
      sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(sub);
    subExprs.push_back(sub);
  }

  return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(
      Context, gse->getGenericLoc(), gse->getControllingExpr(), subTypes,
      subExprs, gse->getDefaultLoc(), gse->getRParenLoc(),
      gse->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), gse->getResultIndex());
} else {
  assert(isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && "bad form of unbridged cast!")((isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && "bad form of unbridged cast!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && \"bad form of unbridged cast!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp"
, 4429, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(e)->getSubExpr();
}
4432}

4434bool Sema::CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
                                               QualType exprType) {
QualType canCastType =
  Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType canExprType =
  Context.getCanonicalType(exprType).getUnqualifiedType();
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(canCastType) &&
    castType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
    canExprType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjT =
      canExprType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
    if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjI = ObjT->getInterfaceDecl())
      return !ObjI->isArcWeakrefUnavailable();
}
return true;
4449}

4451/// Look for an ObjCReclaimReturnedObject cast and destroy it.
4452static Expr *maybeUndoReclaimObject(Expr *e) {
Expr *curExpr = e, *prevExpr = nullptr;

// Walk down the expression until we hit an implicit cast of kind
// ARCReclaimReturnedObject or an Expr that is neither a Paren nor a Cast.
while (true) {
  if (auto *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(curExpr)) {
    prevExpr = curExpr;
    curExpr = pe->getSubExpr();
    continue;
  }

  if (auto *ce = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(curExpr)) {
    if (auto *ice = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ce))
      if (ice->getCastKind() == CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject) {
        if (!prevExpr)
          return ice->getSubExpr();
        if (auto *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(prevExpr))
          pe->setSubExpr(ice->getSubExpr());
        else
          cast<CastExpr>(prevExpr)->setSubExpr(ice->getSubExpr());
        return e;
      }

    prevExpr = curExpr;
    curExpr = ce->getSubExpr();
    continue;
  }

  // Break out of the loop if curExpr is neither a Paren nor a Cast.
  break;
}

return e;
4486}

4488ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                    ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
                                    SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
                                    TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                    Expr *SubExpr) {
ExprResult SubResult = UsualUnaryConversions(SubExpr);
if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
SubExpr = SubResult.get();

QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType();

CastKind CK;

bool MustConsume = false;
if (T->isDependentType() || SubExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
  // Okay: we'll build a dependent expression type.
  CK = CK_Dependent;
} else if (T->isObjCARCBridgableType() && FromType->isCARCBridgableType()) {
  // Casting CF -> id
  CK = (T->isBlockPointerType() ? CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast
                                : CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
  switch (Kind) {
  case OBC_Bridge:
    break;

  case OBC_BridgeRetained: {
    bool br = isKnownName("CFBridgingRelease");
    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_wrong_kind)
      << 2
      << FromType
      << (T->isBlockPointerType()? 1 : 0)
      << T
      << SubExpr->getSourceRange()
      << Kind;
    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge)
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, "__bridge");
    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge_transfer)
      << FromType << br
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc,
                                      br ? "CFBridgingRelease "
                                         : "__bridge_transfer ");

    Kind = OBC_Bridge;
    break;
  }

  case OBC_BridgeTransfer:
    // We must consume the Objective-C object produced by the cast.
    MustConsume = true;
    break;
  }
} else if (T->isCARCBridgableType() && FromType->isObjCARCBridgableType()) {
  // Okay: id -> CF
  CK = CK_BitCast;
  switch (Kind) {
  case OBC_Bridge:
    // Reclaiming a value that's going to be __bridge-casted to CF
    // is very dangerous, so we don't do it.
    SubExpr = maybeUndoReclaimObject(SubExpr);
    break;

  case OBC_BridgeRetained:
    // Produce the object before casting it.
    SubExpr = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType,
                                       CK_ARCProduceObject,
                                       SubExpr, nullptr, VK_RValue);
    break;

  case OBC_BridgeTransfer: {
    bool br = isKnownName("CFBridgingRetain");
    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_wrong_kind)
      << (FromType->isBlockPointerType()? 1 : 0)
      << FromType
      << 2
      << T
      << SubExpr->getSourceRange()
      << Kind;

    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge)
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, "__bridge ");
    Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge_retained)
      << T << br
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc,
                        br ? "CFBridgingRetain " : "__bridge_retained");

    Kind = OBC_Bridge;
    break;
  }
  }
} else {
  Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_incompatible)
    << FromType << T << Kind
    << SubExpr->getSourceRange()
    << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  return ExprError();
}

Expr *Result = new (Context) ObjCBridgedCastExpr(LParenLoc, Kind, CK,
                                                 BridgeKeywordLoc,
                                                 TSInfo, SubExpr);

if (MustConsume) {
  Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
  Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_ARCConsumeObject, Result,
                                    nullptr, VK_RValue);
}

return Result;
4597}

4599ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                    ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
                                    SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
                                    ParsedType Type,
                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                    Expr *SubExpr) {
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = nullptr;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Type, &TSInfo);
if (Kind == OBC_Bridge)
  CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(T, SubExpr);
if (!TSInfo)
  TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, LParenLoc);
return BuildObjCBridgedCast(LParenLoc, Kind, BridgeKeywordLoc, TSInfo,
                            SubExpr);
4614}

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
21#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
32#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
43#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include <cassert>
50#include <cstddef>
51#include <cstdint>
52#include <cstring>
53#include <string>
54#include <type_traits>
55#include <utility>

57namespace clang {

59class ExtQuals;
60class QualType;
61class TagDecl;
62class Type;

64enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
67};

69namespace serialization {
template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter;
72}

74} // namespace clang

76namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

102} // namespace llvm

104namespace clang {

106class ASTContext;
107template <typename> class CanQual;
108class CXXRecordDecl;
109class DeclContext;
110class EnumDecl;
111class Expr;
112class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
113class FunctionDecl;
114class IdentifierInfo;
115class NamedDecl;
116class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
117class ObjCProtocolDecl;
118class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
119struct PrintingPolicy;
120class RecordDecl;
121class Stmt;
122class TagDecl;
123class TemplateArgument;
124class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
125class TemplateArgumentLoc;
126class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
127class TypedefNameDecl;
128class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

130using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

132// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
133#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
134#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

136/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
137/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
138/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
139/// * MS: __unaligned
140/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
141/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
142class Qualifiers {
143public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 312, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 341, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 379, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 385, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) ||
         // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default.
         ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) &&
          (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default));
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS);

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

574private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
588};

590/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
591/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
592struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
615};

617/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
618///
619/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
620/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
621/// unspecialized type.
622enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
637};

639/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
640///
641/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
642/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
643/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
644/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
645/// 'const volatile int', etc).
646///
647/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
648/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
649/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
650/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
651/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
652/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
653class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 669, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

675public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 862, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
inline bool hasAddressSpace() const;

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1253private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1270};

1272} // namespace clang

1274namespace llvm {

1276/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1277/// to a specific Type class.
1278template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1284};

1286// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1287template<>
1288struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
1299};

1301} // namespace llvm

1303namespace clang {

1305/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1306/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1307/// two.
1308class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1325};

1327/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1328/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1329/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1330/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1331/// store qualifiers.
1332///
1333/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1334/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1335/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1336/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1337class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1357public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1383public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1395};

1397/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1398/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1399/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1400enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1409};

1411/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1412enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1421};

1423/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1424///
1425/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1426/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1427/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1428///
1429///  typedef int  foo;
1430///  typedef foo* bar;
1431///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1432///
1433/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1434/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1435/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1436/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1437/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1438/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1439/// is also 'int*'.
1440///
1441/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1442/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1443/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1444/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1445/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1446///
1447/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1448///
1449class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1450public:
enum TypeClass {
1452#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1453#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1454#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1455#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1458private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
  unsigned Dependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
  /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
  unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
  unsigned VariablyModified : 1;

  /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
  /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 18 };

1510protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 12;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;

  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;

  enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 };
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;

  static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes");
};

1810private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1818protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
     bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
     bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
  TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.Dependent = D;
  if (D)
    TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
}

void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }

void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; }

void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
}

1855public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isObjectPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
bool isUndeducedAutoType() const;             // C++11 auto or
                                              // C++14 decltype(auto)

2092#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2094#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2104#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2106#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
2426};

2428/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2429/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2430template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2432/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2433/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2434/// non-sugared type.
2435template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2437/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2438/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2439template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2441// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2442// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2443#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2444#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2445template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2447} \
2448template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2450}
2451#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2453/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2454/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2455class BuiltinType : public Type {
2456public:
enum Kind {
2458// OpenCL image types
2459#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2460#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2461// OpenCL extension types
2462#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2463#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2464// SVE Types
2465#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2466#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2467// All other builtin types
2468#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2469#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2470#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2473private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2484public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2540};

2542/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2543/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2544class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
           Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2556public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2571};

2573/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2574class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
           InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Inner(InnerType) {}

2586public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2601};

2603/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2604class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2616public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different
/// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping
/// address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const {
  Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) ||
         otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2647};

2649/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2650/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2651/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2652class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2656protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2667public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2686};

2688/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2689class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2695public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2701};

2703/// Pointer to a block type.
2704/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2705/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2706class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2719public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2737};

2739/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2740class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2743protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
           Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2755public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2784};

2786/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2787class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2795public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2802};

2804/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2805class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2811public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2818};

2820/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2821///
2822/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2823class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
           (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
            Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
            Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
           PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2842public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2876};

2878/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2879class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2880public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2889private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2893protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2899public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2920};

2922/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2923/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2924/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2925class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2947public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2980};

2982/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2983/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2984/// unspecified.
2985class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2992public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
3013};

3015/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
3016/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
3017/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
3018///
3019/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3020/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3021/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3022/// dynamically:
3023///
3024/// void foo(int x) {
3025///   int Y[x];
3026///   ++x;
3027///   int Z[x];
3028/// }
3029class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3045public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3066);
}
3068};

3070/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3071///
3072/// For example:
3073/// \code
3074/// template<typename T, int Size>
3075/// class array {
3076///   T data[Size];
3077/// };
3078/// \endcode
3079///
3080/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3081/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3082/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3083class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3102public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3130};

3132/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3133/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3134/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3135///
3136/// For example:
3137/// \code
3138/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3139/// class AddressSpace {
3140///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3141/// }
3142/// \endcode
3143class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3155public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3173};

3175/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3176/// dependent.
3177///
3178/// For example:
3179/// \code
3180/// template<typename T, int Size>
3181/// class vector {
3182///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3183/// }
3184/// \endcode
3185class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3199public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3217};


3220/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3221/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3222/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3223/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3224/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3225class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3226public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector
};

3247protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3259public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) {
  return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3291};

3293/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3294////
3295/// For example:
3296/// \code
3297/// template<typename T, int Size>
3298/// class vector {
3299///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3300/// }
3301/// \endcode
3302class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3314public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3336};

3338/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3339/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3340/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3341/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3342/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3343/// Shading Language).
3344class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3350public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3408};

3410/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3411/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3412class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3416public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12,
  // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.

  //   |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|
  //   |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask |
                    NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask),
    RegParmOffset = 8
  }; // Assumed to be the last field
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

 public:
   // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
   // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
   ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
           bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) {
     assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
     Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
            (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
            (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
            (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
            (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3623, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3653protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res,
             QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
             bool InstantiationDependent,
             bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
             ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
      ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3669public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3703};

3705/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3706/// no information available about its arguments.
3707class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
                   Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                   /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}

3716public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3735};

3737/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3738/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3739/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3740/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3741/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3742/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3743/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3744class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation,
        FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType,
        Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the
//   ellipsis.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3796public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3849private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
  return isVariadic();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3928);
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

3953public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec.
ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const {
  ExceptionSpecInfo Result;
  Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    Result.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) {
    Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  return Result;
}

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
  return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()
                      : SourceLocation();
}

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4158, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4193};

4195/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4196/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4197///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4198///
4199/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4200class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}

4210public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4228};

4230class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4233protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
    : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
           can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4242, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4245public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4252};

4254/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4255/// as a macro invocation.
4256class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4273public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4287};

4289/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4290class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4293protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4298public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4308};

4310/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4311/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4312///
4313/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4314/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4315/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4316class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4320public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4330};

4332/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4333class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
           T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4347public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4357};

4359/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4360class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4364protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4369public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4380};

4382/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4383/// decltype(expr) types.
4384///
4385/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4386/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4387/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4388class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4391public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4400};

4402/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4403class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4404public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4409private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4418protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4424public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4436};

4438/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4439/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4440///
4441/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4442/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4443/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4444class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4446public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4459};

4461class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4469protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4472public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4481};

4483/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4484/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4485class RecordType : public TagType {
4486protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4494public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4507};

4509/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4510/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4511class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4517public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4526};

4528/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4529///
4530/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4531/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4532/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4533/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4534///
4535/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4536///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4537///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4538///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4539///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4540class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4541public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4544private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(),
           equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4560public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4607);
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4635};

4637class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4679public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4709};

4711/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4712/// type parameter.
4713///
4714/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4715/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4716/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4717/// therefore they are never canonical.
4718class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
           Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4731public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4760};

4762/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4763/// type parameter pack.
4764///
4765/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4766/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4767/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4768/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4769/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4770/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4771/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4772/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4773/// at the current pack substitution index.
4774class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4788public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4813};

4815/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4816/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4817/// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
4818/// Concepts TS.
4819///
4820/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4821/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4822/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4823/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4824class DeducedType : public Type {
4825protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent,
            bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) {
  if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) {
    if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType())
      setDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType())
      setInstantiationDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack();
  }
}

4844public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4861};

4863/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
4864class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack)
    : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) {
  AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword;
}

4874public:
bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          containsUnexpandedParameterPack());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced,
                    AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) {
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsPack);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
4899};

4901/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
4902class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(),
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(),
                  Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Template(Template) {}

4918public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4936};

4938/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
4939/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
4940/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
4941/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
4942/// specifier, is instead represented as a
4943/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
4944///
4945/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
4946/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
4947/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
4948/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
4949///
4950/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
4951/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
4952/// type may also be canonical.
4953///
4954/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
4955/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
4956/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
4957/// template.
4958class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

4977public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5011, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5062};

5064/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5065/// enclosing the template arguments.
5066void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5070void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5074void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5078/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5079/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5080/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5081/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5082///
5083/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5084/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5085///
5086/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5087/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5088/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5089/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5090/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5091/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5092/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5093/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5094/// according to the rules of the language).
5095class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5127public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5146};

5148/// The kind of a tag type.
5149enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5164};

5166/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5167/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5168enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5190};

5192/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5193/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5194/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5195/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5196class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5197protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
                bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
                bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5207public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5237};

5239/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5240/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5241/// or both.
5242///
5243/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5244/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5245/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5246/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5247class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      NamedType->isDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                      NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5282public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5316};

5318/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5319/// dependent.
5320///
5321/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5322/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5323/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5324/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5325/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5326/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5327/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5328/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5329/// instantiation.
5330class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
                      /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
                      /*VariablyModified=*/false,
                      NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5347public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5377};

5379/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5380/// resolved, e.g.
5381///   A<T>::template B<T>
5382class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5407public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5449};

5451/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5452///
5453/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5454/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5455/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5456/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5457/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5458/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5459/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5460/// parameter packs.
5461///
5462/// \code
5463/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5464///
5465/// template<typename ...Types>
5466/// struct tuple_of_references {
5467///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5468/// };
5469/// \endcode
5470///
5471/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5472/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5473class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5490public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5522};

5524/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5525/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5526template <class T>
5527class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5528protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5552public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5578};

5580/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5581/// a list of protocols.
5582class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5612public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5626};

5628/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5629///
5630/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5631/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5632/// protocols.
5633///
5634/// Given the following declarations:
5635/// \code
5636///   \@class C<T>;
5637///   \@protocol P;
5638/// \endcode
5639///
5640/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5641/// with base C and no protocols.
5642///
5643/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5644/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5645/// protocol list.
5646/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5647/// and protocol list [P].
5648///
5649/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5650/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5651/// and no protocols.
5652///
5653/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5654/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5655/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5656class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5694protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
      : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
        BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5712public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5803};

5805/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5806/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5807/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5808/// system should not reference this type.
5809class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5821public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5828};

5830inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5832}

5834inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5837}

5839inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5842}

5844/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5845/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
5846/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5847/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5848///
5849/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5850/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5851///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
5852///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5853///     fail to compile.
5854///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5855///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5856class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

5868public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
5890};

5892inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
    return T->getDecl();

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
5902}

5904/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
5905///
5906/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
5907/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
5908/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
5909/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
5910///
5911/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
5912/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
5913class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical,
           Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

5926public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6085};

6087class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
           ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ValueType(ValTy) {}

6099public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6118};

6120/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6121class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(),
           elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6134public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6155};

6157/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6158class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6159public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6180};

6182/// A container of type source information.
6183///
6184/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
6185/// @code
6186/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
6187/// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
6188/// @endcode
6189class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo {
// Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
// allocated by ASTContext.
friend class ASTContext;

QualType Ty;

TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {}

6198public:
/// Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
QualType getType() const { return Ty; }

/// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h

/// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution!
void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; }
6207};

6209// Inline function definitions.

6211inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6216}

6218inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6220}

6222inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6224}

6226inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6235}

6237inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6243}

6245inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6249}

6251inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6255}

6257inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6260}

6262inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6264}

6266inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6275}

6277inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6280}

6282inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6285}


6288inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6291}

6293inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6296}

6298inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6303}

6305inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6310}

6312inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6314}

6316inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6318}

6320inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6322}

6324inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6331}

6333/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
6334inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace();
6336}

6338/// Return the address space of this type.
6339inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6341}

6343/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6344inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6346}

6348inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6352}

6354inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6358}

6360inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6364}

6366inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6374}

6376inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6378}

6380/// Determine whether this type is more
6381/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6382/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6383/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6384/// int".
6385inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6389}

6391/// Determine whether this type is at last
6392/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6393/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6394/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6395inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6403}

6405/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6406/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6407/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6408/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6409///
6410///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6411///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6412///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6413///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6414inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6419}

6421inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6424}

6426/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6427///
6428/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6429inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6435}

6437/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6438///
6439/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6440inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6460}

6462inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6464}

6466inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6468}

6470inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6472}

6474inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6476}

6478inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6480}

6482inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6484}

6486inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6488}

6490inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const {
// Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an
// object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv
// void.
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6498}

6500inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6505}

6507inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6512}

6514inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6516}

6518inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6523}

6525inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6530}

6532inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6534}

6536inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6538}

6540inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6542}

6544inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6546}

6548inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6550}

6552inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6554}

6556inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6558}

6560inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6562}

6564inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6566}

6568inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6570}

6572inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6574}

6576inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6578}

6580inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
39
←
Assuming field 'CanonicalType' is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
40
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
6582}

6584inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6586}

6588inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6591}

6593inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6595}

6597inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const {
return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType);
6599}

6601inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
6605}

6607inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6611}

6613inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
6617}

6619inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6623}

6625inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6629}

6631inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6633}

6635inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6637}

6639#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6643#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6645inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6647}

6649inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6651}

6653inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6655}

6657inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6659}

6661inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6663}

6665inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6666#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6668#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6670}

6672inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6674}

6676#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6680#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6682inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6683#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6686#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6688}

6690inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6691#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6693#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6695}

6697inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6700}

6702inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6704}

6706inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
    return true;
return false;
6711}

6713inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6717}

6719inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6724}

6726inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
return false;
6731}

6733inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6737}

6739inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
return false;
6743}

6745inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return false;
6750}

6752inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16;
return false;
6756}

6758inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128;
return false;
6762}

6764inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
return false;
6768}

6770bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6771bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6773inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return false;
6784}

6786inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6792}

6794inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
6796}

6798inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6804}

6806inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6808}

6810inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
6822}

6824inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
6826}

6828inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6841}

6843inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return false;
6854}

6856inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
6860}

6862inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
6865}

6867/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
6868/// an overloaded operator.
6869inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
6871}

6873/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
6874inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
6876}

6878inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
6881}

6883inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
6885}

6887inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
6892}

6894inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
6901}
6902/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending address spaces into
6903/// a diagnostic with <<.
6904inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         LangAS AS) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return DB;
6909}

6911/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress
6912/// spaces into a diagnostic with <<.
6913inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         LangAS AS) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return PD;
6918}

6920/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a
6921/// diagnostic with <<.
6922inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return DB;
6927}

6929/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
6930/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6931inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
6936}

6938/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's into a
6939/// diagnostic with <<.
6940inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         QualType T) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return DB;
6945}

6947/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
6948/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6949inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
6954}

6956// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
6957// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
6958template <typename T>
6959using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

6963// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
6964template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6979}

6981template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
7013}

7015inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7027}

7029template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) :
 __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7036}

7038inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7042}

7044DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
7047#ifndef NDEBUG
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
7051#endif
7052}

7054QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
7058}

7060// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
7061// as a scaled integer.
7062// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
7063// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
7064void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

7067} // namespace clang

7069#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H